Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 69

■■■■■ ■■■ ■■■■■■■ ■■■■■

■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■
Visit to download the full and correct content document:
https://ebookstep.com/download/ebook-36177886/
More products digital (pdf, epub, mobi) instant
download maybe you interests ...

■■■■■■■■■ 84 ■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■ ■■■ ■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■


Edition ■■■■■ ■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■

https://ebookstep.com/download/ebook-38373982/

Bioquímica de Laguna y Piña 8a ed 8th Edition Federico


Martínez Montes Juan Pablo Pardo Vázquez Héctor Riveros
Rosas

https://ebookstep.com/product/bioquimica-de-laguna-y-
pina-8a-ed-8th-edition-federico-martinez-montes-juan-pablo-pardo-
vazquez-hector-riveros-rosas/

Pratique Grammaire B1 1st Edition Evelyne Sirejols

https://ebookstep.com/product/pratique-grammaire-b1-1st-edition-
evelyne-sirejols/

A medida B1 guía didáctica 1st Edition Anaya

https://ebookstep.com/product/a-medida-b1-guia-didactica-1st-
edition-anaya/
Die Staatskonkurs Aufgaben im Jahre Die Aufgaben in den
Jahren 1885 bis 88 für die Rechstpraktikanten in der
Pfalz

https://ebookstep.com/product/die-staatskonkurs-aufgaben-im-
jahre-die-aufgaben-in-den-jahren-1885-bis-88-fur-die-
rechstpraktikanten-in-der-pfalz/

Lo straniero A2 B1 Primi Racconti 1st Edition Marco


Dominici

https://ebookstep.com/product/lo-straniero-a2-b1-primi-
racconti-1st-edition-marco-dominici/

L eredità B1 B2 Primi Racconti 1st Edition Luisa Brisi

https://ebookstep.com/product/l-eredita-b1-b2-primi-racconti-1st-
edition-luisa-brisi/

Deutsch intensiv Wortschatz B1 Das Training 1st


Edition Arwen Schnack

https://ebookstep.com/product/deutsch-intensiv-wortschatz-b1-das-
training-1st-edition-arwen-schnack/

■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■ ■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■ B1 B2 3rd Edition ■


■■■■■■■■■

https://ebookstep.com/download/ebook-29840068/
١
٢
٣
. ( ٩‫ – ص‬١‫وﺻﺎﯾﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﺎب ) ص‬ 

. ( ٢٠ ‫ – ص‬١٠ ‫وﺻﺎﯾﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻨﺎس ) ص‬ 

. ( ٣١ ‫ – ص‬٢١ ‫ وﺻﺎﯾﺎ ﻟﻠﺮؤﺳﺎء ) ص‬ 

٤
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ +‬اﻷﻣﺜﺎل وﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ اﻻﺳﻢ ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺒﺮﯾﺔ ﻣﯿﺸﺎل ‪. mishel‬‬
‫رﻣﺰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﺒﺸﺮﯾﺔ ﺑﺮﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺣﺰ ‪.(٢:١٧‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﯾﺚ )ﻋﺪ ‪.(٨:٢٢‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫أﻏﻨﯿﮫ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻨﺼﺮة )إر‪.(٤:١٤‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﻮار أو ﺟﺪال )أي ‪.(٢:٢٩‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل أي ﺷﻲء ﯾﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﯿﺌﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺛﺎة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﻜﻤﺔ أي ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﺒﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺜﯿﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺑﯿﺮ اﻟﺸﻲء أو إدارﯾﺔ )ﺗﻚ‪ ،١٨:١‬ﺧﺮ‪.(٨:٢١‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻏﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ ‬ھ ﻮ داﺋ ﺮة ﻣﻌ ﺎرف ﺳ ﻠﻮﻛﯿﺔ روﺣﯿ ﺔ ﯾﺤﺘ ﺎج ﻗ ﺮاءه ﻛ ﻞ ﯾ ﻮم ورﻓ ﻊ اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺼ ﻼة ﻟﻠﻔﮭ ﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺮوﺣﻲ ﻟﺬا ﺟﺎء ﻋﺪد إﺻﺤﺎﺣﺎﺗﮫ ‪ ٣١‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾُﻘﺮأ ﻛﻞ ﯾﻮم وﯾﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﮫ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن اﻟﺮوﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺪﻓﻊ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ إذ ھﻮ ﯾﻤﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻹﯾﻤﺎﻧﯿ ﺔ واﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻮﺟ ﺪ أوﻻ ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﯾﺘﺒﻌﮭ ﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﻮد اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻈﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ھﻮ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺄدﯾﺐ واﻟﻔﮭﻢ اﻟﺮوﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﳌﻦ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ؟‬
‫ﻛ ﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋ ﺔ إﺻ ﺤﺎﺣﺎت ﻣﻮﺟﮭ ﺔ ﻟﻔﺌ ﺔ ﻣﻌﯿﻨ ﺔ ﻓﻤ ﻦ )ص‪ : ١‬ص‪ (٩‬ﻟﻠﺸ ﺒﺎب‪ ،‬ﺛ ﻢ ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫)ص‪ : ١٠‬ص‪ (٢٠‬إﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﻤﯿﻊ‪ ،‬وﻣﻦ )ص‪ : ٢‬ص‪ (٣١‬إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﺎدة واﻟﺮؤﺳﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ o‬ھﻮ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ إذ ﺗﻜﺮرت ‪ ١٠٤‬ﻣﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬وﺑﺪء اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ وإذا ﻛﺎن ھﻨﺎك ﻧ ﻮﻋﯿﻦ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺨﺎﻓ ﺔ اﷲ اﻷول ﻓ ﻲ ﺑ ﺪء اﻟﻄﺮﯾ ﻖ‬
‫اﻟﺮوﺣﻲ وھﻮ اﻟﺨﻮف ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ واﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛﻤ ﺎل اﻟﻄﺮﯾ ﻖ اﻟﺮوﺣ ﻲ وھ ﻮ اﻟﺨ ﻮف ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺮح ﻣﺸ ﺎﻋﺮ اﷲ اﻟﻤﺤ ﺐ‪ ،‬وھﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم ﺧ ﻮف اﻟﻤﺤﺒ ﺔ إذ ﯾﻘ ﻮل ﻣﺨﺎﻓ ﺔ اﻟ ﺮب أي ﯾﮭ ﻮه‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺐ‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﺴ ﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ واﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻗ ﺪرة اﷲ وﺳ ﻠﻄﺎﻧﮫ‬
‫ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﷲ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ أﻟﻮھﯿﻢ )أي ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ أﻟﻮھﯿﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫‪٥‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ‪- :‬‬
‫ﻛُﺘﺐ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﮭﺪ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻷﻧ ﮫ ھ ﻮ ﻛﺎﺗ ﺐ اﻟﺴ ﻔﺮ ﺑ ﯿﻦ ‪ ٩٠٠ -٩٥٠‬ق‪ .‬م‪ .‬وﺟﻤﻌ ﮫ ﺣﺰﻗﯿ ﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠ ﻚ ﻋ ﺎم ‪ ٧٠٠‬ق‪ .‬م‪ .‬ﻟ ﺬا ﯾﻌﺘﺒ ﺮوا أﻧ ﮫ ﻋُ ﺮف ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟﯿﮭ ﻮد ﻟﻠﻘ ﺮاءة واﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑ ﮫ ﻣ ﻦ ‪٧٠٠‬‬
‫ق ‪.‬م ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﲰﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ‪ ١١) :‬ﲰﺔ( ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ھﻮ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ أي ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻲ ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻠﻮك ھﻮ اﻟﻤﮭﺎرة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺮوح ﯾﻨ ﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﮭ ﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ‪،‬‬
‫أي اﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺗﺆدي إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﮭﺬا اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ ‪ chokmah‬ھﻨ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺴ ﻔﺮ ‪ ٤٠‬ﻣ ﺮة‬
‫وﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ‪ ٢٧‬ﻣﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬اھﺘﻤﺎم اﷲ ﻟﯿﺲ ﺑﺴﻠﻮﻛﻨﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺄﻓﻜﺎرﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ أﺳﻠﻮب أدﺑﻲ ﻓﮭﻮ ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺸﻌﺮ واﻷﻣﺜﺎل واﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ واﻟﻘﺼﺺ‬
‫اﻟﻘﺼﯿﺮة وﻣﻘﺎﺑﻼت‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ورد ﻓﯿﮫ اﺳﻢ ﯾﮭﻮه ‪ ٨٦‬ﻣﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ اﻟﻨﺎس إﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﯾﻘﯿﻦ ﺣﻜﻤﺎء وﺟﮭﻼء أو أﻏﺒﯿ ﺎء وﻣﻤﻜ ﻦ أن ﯾﻨﺘﻘ ﻞ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺮﯾﻖ ﻟﻸﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫وﻗﺴﻢ اﻷﻏﺒﯿﺎء إﻟﻰ ‪ ٤‬أﻧﻮاع ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺒﺴﻄﺎء ﻻ ﯾﻌﺮﻓﻮا أن ﯾﻤﯿﺰوا ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺨﯿﺮ واﻟﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﺰﺋﻮن ﻟﺪﯾﮭﻢ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ أو اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﯾﺤﻮﻟﻮﻧﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ إذ ﯾﺤﺘﻘﺮوﻧﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﻤﻘﻰ ﻻ ﯾﺒﺤﺜﻮا ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ أﺻﻼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺘﻤﺮدون ھﻢ ﺛﺎﺋﺮون ﺿﺪ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ وﯾﻜﺮھﻮن اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﯾﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ وﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب وﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺠﮭﺎﻟﺔ واﻻﻧﻐﻤﺎس ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻠﺬات‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٧‬ﯾﮭﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻹﻟﮭﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﺠﺎھﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﺒﺮات اﻟﺒﺸﺮﯾﺔ اﻟﺠﯿﺪة اﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٨‬ﯾﺸ ﻤﻞ اﻟﺴ ﻔﺮ ﻣﻘﺎرﻧ ﺎت ﻛﺜﯿ ﺮة وﯾﻨﺼ ﺢ ﺑﺎﺗﺨ ﺎذ ﻗ ﺮارات ﺗ ﺪﻓﻊ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻟﻠﻨﺠ ﺎح واﻟﻨﻤ ﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺮوﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٩‬ﯾﮭﺘﻢ ﺑﺪور اﻟﻤﺮأة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ وﺧﺎﺻﺔ اﻷﺳﺮة إذ ﯾﻘﺪم اﻹﺻﺤﺎح اﻟــ ‪ ٣١‬ﻛﻠﮫ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺮأة‬
‫)اﻟﺰوﺟﺔ( اﻟﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١٠‬ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﮭﺪ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻛﺸﺨﺺ أو ھﻲ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﻟﮭ ﺬا ﻧﺮاھ ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺠﺴﺪة ﺗﺪﻋﻮ اﻟﻜﻞ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻮﻟﯿﻤﺔ )أم ‪٨‬؛ ﻛ ﻮ‪ (٣٠ : ١‬واﻟﻮﻟﯿﻤ ﺔ إﺷ ﺎرة إﻟ ﻰ ﺳ ﺮ اﻟﺘﻨ ﺎول‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺗُﺮي اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺨﻠﯿﻘﺔ )أم ‪ ٢٦-٢٢:٨‬؛ ﯾﻮ ‪١:١‬؛ ﻛﻮ ‪.(١٧:١‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ اﻟﺒﻜﺮ أي أﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻠﯿﻘﺔ )أم ‪ ٢٢:٨‬؛ ﻛﻮ ‪.(١٥:١‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻛﻤﺎ أن اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ اﻟﺒﺪء واﻟﺮأس ) أم ‪ ٢٢:٨‬؛ ﻛﻮ‪.(١٨: ١‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ اﷲ اﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ )أم‪٣٠-٢٢:٨‬؛ ﻛﻮ‪.(١٦:١‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﻔﺮح أﻣﺎم اﷲ )أم ‪ ٣٠:٨‬؛ ﯾﻮ‪.(١:١‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﺴﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻘﻞ وﻣﻊ اﻟﻔﮭﻢ )أم ‪ ١٤-١٢:٨‬؛ ﯾﻮ ‪.(١٤:١‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﻤﻸﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻨﻮز )أم ‪ ٢١:٨‬؛ أم ‪ ١٤-١٢:٨‬؛ ﯾﻮ ‪ ١٦:١‬؛ ﻛﻮ ‪.(١٦:١‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ اﻟﺼﺪﯾﻖ اﻷﻟﺼﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻷخ ) أم ‪.(٢٤:١٨‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ اﻟﺒﺎر واﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺮر وھﻨﺎ إﺷﺎرة إﻟﻰ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع اﻟﺒ ﺎر ﻷﻧ ﮫ ﻗ ﺪوس وأﻋﻄ ﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﻘﯿﺎﻣﺘﮫ أن ﯾﺘﺒﺮروا ﺑﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع اﻟﺬي ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ وﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻮاع وﻃﺮق ﻛﺜﯿﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻗﺘﺒﺲ اﻟﻌﮭﺪ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ اﻷﻣﺜﺎل ‪ ٢٠‬اﻗﺘﺒﺎس‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺨﺘﺺ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﯾﻌﻘﻮب ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﺜﯿﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﺜﺎل ﻓﮭﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ أﻣﺜﺎل اﻟﻌﮭﺪ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١١‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﮭﺪ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻢ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ اﻟﻨﺒ ﻲ ‪ :‬إذ ﺗﻌﻠ ﻢ ﻣﻮﺳ ﻲ ﺑﻜ ﻞ ﺣﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺼ ﺮﯾﯿﻦ وﻇﮭ ﺮت ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﯿﺎﺗ ﮫ وﺣﻜﻤﺘ ﮫ‬
‫وﺣﻠﻤﮫ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﯿ ﺎدة اﻟﺸ ﻌﺐ وﻛﻮﻧ ﮫ ﻗﺎﺑ ﻞ ﻟﻠ ﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻮاﺳ ﻄﺔ ﺣﺘ ﻰ اﻟ ﻮﺛﻨﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﺜ ﻞ ﯾﺜ ﺮون ﺣﻤﯿ ﮫ‬
‫اﻟﺬي اﻗﺘﺮح ﻋﻠﯿﮫ وﺟﻮد ‪ ٧٠‬ﺷﯿﺨﺎ ﯾﻌﺎوﻧﻮه )أع ‪. (٢٢:٧‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ‪ :‬إذ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣ ﻦ داود أﺑﯿ ﮫ وﻃﻠ ﺐ ﻣ ﻦ اﷲ ﻓﺄﻋﻄ ﺎه ﺣﻜﻤ ﺔ أﻛﺜ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻛ ﻞ‬
‫أھﻞ زﻣﺎﻧﮫ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻛﺎﻧﻮا ﯾﺄﺗﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎرق اﻟﺸﻤﺲ وﻣﻐﺎرﺑﮭﺎ ﻟﯿﺴﻤﻌﻮا ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻣﺜ ﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﺘﯿﻤﻦ وﺑﮭﺬه اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺻﺎر أﻏﻨﻲ وأﺷﮭﺮ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ ﻓﻲ زﻣﺎﻧﮫ ﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻛ ﻞ ﻣﻠ ﻮك إﺳ ﺮاﺋﯿﻞ‬
‫واﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ )‪١‬ﻣﻞ ‪.(١٢-٤:٣‬‬
‫واﺗﺴﻤﺖ ﺣﻜﻤﺘﮫ ﺑﺎﻵﺗﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬اھﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺒﯿﻌﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم واﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﺎة اﻟﻨﻤﻞ )أم‪١) ،(٦:٦‬ﻣﻞ‪.(٣٣:٤‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻛﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ أن اﻹﻧﺠﯿﻞ اﻟﻤﻘﺪس ھﻮ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﻤﺎوﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬اﷲ ھﻮ ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﺤﻖ واﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻌﻠﻦ ﻓﻲ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع اﻟﺬي ﯾﺤﺮر ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ )ﯾﻮ‪.(٣٢:٨‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬اﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻻ ﯾﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ واﻟﺤﻖ )أم‪.(١٦: ١٦‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﺒﺮ اﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﻠﺰم اﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ واﻟﺸﻌﻮر ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺮوﺣﯿ ﺔ ﺗﺠﻌ ﻞ اﻟﻤ ﺆﻣﻦ ﯾ ﺮي أﻣ ﻮر اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻤﻨﻈ ﻮر روﺣ ﻲ ﻏﯿ ﺮ أھ ﻞ اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ﻓ ﻼ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮن ﻓﯿﮫ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﺑﻞ وﺣﺪة ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﺎﺗﮫ )أم‪ ،٤‬رو‪.(٣٩-٣٥:٨‬‬

‫‪٧‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺳ ﻔﺮ اﻷﻣﺜ ﺎل ﺗ ﺮي ﻛﯿ ﻒ ﺗُﻘﺘﻨ ﻲ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬وﻓ ﻲ ﺳ ﻔﺮ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌ ﺔ أن اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ھ ﻮ ﺑﺎﻃ ﻞ‬
‫اﻷﺑﺎﻃﯿﻞ اﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ وﻻ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬وﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ اﻟﻨﺸﯿﺪ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة‬
‫ﻣﻊ اﷲ واﻟﺤﺐ أﯾﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﯾﻀ ﺎ ﺳ ﻔﺮ اﻷﻣﺜ ﺎل ھ ﻮ ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻟ ﺪار اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧﯿﻤ ﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﻤ ﺎع واﻟﮭﯿﻜ ﻞ ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﯾﺘﻄﮭ ﺮ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﺧ ﻼل اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻀ ﺔ وﻣ ﺬﺑﺢ اﻟﻤﺤﺮﻗ ﺔ‪ ،‬أﻣ ﺎ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌ ﺔ ﻓﮭ ﻮ ﯾﻤﺜ ﻞ اﻟﻘ ﺪس‪ ،‬أﻣ ﺎ ﻗ ﺪس‬
‫اﻷﻗﺪاس ﻓﮭﻮ ﺳﻔﺮ اﻟﻨﺸﯿﺪ ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﻠﺘﻘﻲ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﺑﺎﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﻔﺮ اﻷﻣﺜﺎل ﯾﻤﺜ ﻞ ﻧﺴ ﻚ اﻟﺠﺴ ﺪ وھ ﻮ ﺗ ﺮك اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن أرﺿ ﮫ واﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌ ﺔ ﻧﺴ ﻚ اﻟ ﻨﻔﺲ وھ ﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺮك اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻋﺎداﺗﮫ‪ ،‬واﻟﻨﺸﯿﺪ ﺗﺮك اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﺑﯿﺖ أﺑﯿﮫ وھﻮ ﻧﺴﻚ اﻟﺮوح‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﯿﻦ ﺳﻔﺮ اﻷﻣﺜﺎل ﻟﺴﻠﯿﻤﺎن وﺳﻔﺮ اﻟﻤﺰاﻣﯿ ﺮ اﻟ ﺬي ﻛﺘ ﺐ ﺟ ﺰء ﻛﺒﯿ ﺮ ﻣﻨ ﮫ داود اﻟﻨﺒ ﻲ‬
‫أﺑﺎه ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮ اﻟﻤﺰاﻣﯿﺮ ﯾﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ اﷲ ﺧﻼل اﻧﺴﻜﺎب اﻟﺮﻛﺐ ﻟﻠﺼﻼة وﻃﻠﺐ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﮫ واﻟﺘﻌﺒﺪ ﷲ‬
‫أﻣﺎ ﺳﻔﺮ اﻷﻣﺜﺎل ﻓﮭﻮ ﺳ ﻔﺮ اﻟﺴ ﻠﻮك اﻟﻌﻤﻠ ﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺟﻤﯿ ﻊ اﻟﻌﻼﻗ ﺎت ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻨ ﺎس ﻣ ﻊ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻼف ﻃﺒﺎﺋﻌﮭﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ھﻮ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ إذ ﯾﻌﺘﺮف اﻟﯿﮭ ﻮد ﻛﻤ ﺎ اﻟﻤﺴ ﯿﺤﯿﻮن أن واﺿ ﻌﮫ ھ ﻮ ﺳ ﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻋﺒ ﺮ ﻛ ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻌﺼﻮر وھﻮ ﺳﺒﻖ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎء واﻟﻔﻼﺳﻔﺔ اﻟﺴ ﺒﻊ اﻟ ﺬﯾﻦ ﻇﮭ ﺮوا ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﮭ ﺪ ﻛ ﻮرش اﻟﻔﺎرﺳ ﻲ‬
‫ﺑــ ‪ ٤٤٠ -٤٠٠‬ﻋﺎم وﻛﺎن ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻨﮭﻢ )أﻓﻼﻃﻮن وأرﺳﻄﻮ وﺳﻘﺮاط(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺗُﻨﺴ ﺐ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻷﻣﺜ ﺎل ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻤ ﺎء )أم ‪ (٣٤:٢٤ - ١٧:٢٢‬وھ ﻢ ﻃﺒﻘ ﺔ ﻋ ﺎدة ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﯿﻮخ‬
‫إﺳﺮاﺋﯿﻞ ﻟﮭﻢ ﻣﺪارﺳﮭﻢ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ وأﯾﻀﺎ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻓﻲ ﻋﮭﺪه ﻛﺎن ﯾﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻛﺄﺣﺪ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ھﻢ رﺟﺎل ﺣﺰﻗﯿﺎل ﻣﻠﻚ ﯾﮭﻮذا وھﻢ ﯾُﻨﺴﺐ ﻟﮭﻢ )أم ‪ (٢٩ -٢٥‬وھﻢ ﻟ ﻢ ﯾﻜﺘﺒ ﻮا ﺷ ﻲء ﻟﻜ ﻨﮭﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻌﻮا ھﺬه اﻷﻗﻮال اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺴﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ ٢٠٠‬ﻋﺎم ﻗﺒﻠﮭﻢ وﻗ ﺪ أﺷ ﯿﺮ إﻟ ﯿﮭﻢ ﻓ ﻲ )أم ‪(١:٢٥‬‬
‫وﻛﺎن ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻨﮭﻢ إﺷﻌﯿﺎء ﻷﻧﮫ ﻛﺎن ﻟﮫ دورا ﻗﻮﯾﺎ روﺣﯿﺎ وﺳﯿﺎﺳﯿﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﮭﺪ ﺣﺰﻗﯿﺎ وأﯾﻀ ﺎ‬
‫ﻣﯿﺨﺎ اﻟﻨﺒﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬أﺟﻮر وھﻮ أﺣﺪ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎء )أم ‪.(١:٣٠‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻟﻤﻮﺋﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ )أم ‪ (١:٣١‬وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻮﺋﯿﻞ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ )اﻟﻤﻜ ﺮس ﻟﻠ ﺮب( وﻛ ﺎن ھ ﺬا اﻻﺳ ﻢ ھ ﻮ اﺳ ﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻋﻮا ﺑﮫ ﺑﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن وھﻮ ﺻﻐﯿﺮ إذ ﻛﺎن اﷲ دﻋﺎه ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﯾﺪﯾﺪﯾﺎ )‪ ٢‬ﺻﻢ ‪.(٢٥:١٢‬‬

‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ‪- :‬‬

‫اﻟﺸﺎھﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮع‬
‫)أم ‪٢٩ ،١٧:١٤‬؛ ‪١٨:١٥‬؛ ‪١١:١٩ ،٣٢:١٦‬؛ ‪١:٢٠‬؛ ‪١٧:٢١‬؛ ‪٣-١:٢٣‬؛‬ ‫‪ .١‬اﻟﻐﻀﺐ‬
‫‪٣٥-٢٩:٢٣‬؛ ‪١٦:٢٥‬؛ ‪.(٧-٤:٣١‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬اﻟﻌﻔﺔ‬
‫‪ .٣‬اﻟﺒﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬اﻻھﺘﻤﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻘﺮاء‬
‫)أم ‪٨:١‬؛ ‪١١،٢١ ،١:٢‬؛ ‪.(١:٤‬‬ ‫‪ .٥‬ﺗﮭﺬﯾﺐ اﻷﺑﻨﺎء‬
‫)أم ‪٢٠-١٥:٥‬؛ ‪.(٢٧-١:٧‬‬ ‫‪ .٦‬اﻟﺘﺠﺎرب اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫)أم ‪.(١٦-١٥:١٢‬‬ ‫‪ .٧‬اﻟﻐﺒﺎوة‬
‫)أم ‪٢:١٠‬؛ ‪.(١١:١٣‬‬ ‫‪ .٨‬ﻣﺤﺒﺔ اﻟﻤﺎل‬
‫)أم ‪٣-٢:١٣‬؛ ‪.(١:١٥‬‬ ‫‪ .٩‬اﻟﻜﻼم اﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ‬
‫)أم ‪.(٤:٣١‬‬ ‫‪ .١٠‬اﻟﺴﻜﺮ‬
‫)أم ‪.(٩-١:١٦‬‬ ‫‪ .١١‬اﻟﻜﺒﺮﯾﺎء‬
‫)أم ‪.(٥-١:٦‬‬ ‫‪ .١٢‬ﺿﻤﺎن اﻟﻘﺮوض‬
‫)أم ‪.(٦:٢٤‬‬ ‫‪ .١٣‬اﻟﻤﺸﻮرة‬
‫)أم ‪٧:١‬؛ ‪٧:٣‬؛ ‪١٠:٩‬؛ ‪٢٧:١٠‬؛ ‪٢٦:١٤،٢٧‬؛ ‪١٦:١٥،٣٣‬؛ ‪٦:١٦‬؛‬ ‫‪ .١٤‬ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب‬
‫‪٢٣:١٩‬؛ ‪١٧:٢٣‬؛ ‪.(٢١:٢٤‬‬
‫)أم ‪٢١،٢٣، ١٨:١٠‬؛ ‪١٥:١٢،١٦‬؛ ‪٩:١٤،١٦‬؛ ‪٢:١٥‬؛ ‪٢٤ ،١٠:١٧،١٢‬؛‬ ‫‪ .١٥‬اﻷﻏﺒﯿﺎء‬
‫‪٣:٢٠‬؛ ‪٩:٢٣‬؛ ‪٢٢:٢٧‬؛ ‪٢٦:٢٨‬؛ ‪.(١١:٢٩‬‬
‫)أم ‪١٧:١٧‬؛ ‪٢٤:١٨‬؛ ‪٤:١٩‬؛ ‪.(١٠:٢٧،١٧‬‬ ‫‪ .١٦‬اﻟﺼﺪاﻗﺔ‬
‫)أم ‪.(١٩، ١٠:١‬‬ ‫‪ .١٧‬ﻋﺼﺎﺑﺎت ﻋﻨﯿﻔﺔ‬
‫‪ .١٨‬اﻟﺴﮭﺮ‬
‫‪ .١٩‬اﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫)أم ‪١١، ٦:٦‬؛ ‪٥، ٤:١٠‬؛ ‪٢٧:١٢‬؛ ‪٤:١٣‬؛ ‪٩:١٥‬؛ ‪٩:١٨‬؛ ‪٢٤، ١٥:١٩‬؛‬ ‫‪ .٢٠‬اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﺔ واﻟﻜﺴﻞ‬
‫‪١٣، ٤:٢٠‬؛ ‪١٣:٢٢‬؛ ‪٣٤-٣٠:٢٤‬؛ ‪.(١٦-١٣:٢٦‬‬
‫‪ .٢١‬اﻟﻌﺪاﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢٢‬اﻟﺘﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﺪاء‬
‫‪ .٢٣‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ .٢٤‬اﻟﻤﺎدة‬
‫)أم ‪٢٠:٦ ،٨:١‬؛ ‪.(٧:٣ ،١:١٠‬‬ ‫‪ .٢٥‬اﻷﻣﮭﺎت‬
‫‪ .٢٦‬اﻟﺨﻀﻮع ﻟﻠﻤﻮت‬
‫‪ .٢٧‬اﻟﺒﺮ‬
‫)أم ‪٣٠:٣‬؛ ‪١٢:١٠‬؛ ‪١٨:١٥‬؛ ‪٢٨:١٦‬؛ ‪١٩ ،١٤ ،١ :١٧‬؛ ‪١٩، ٦:١٨‬؛‬ ‫‪ .٢٨‬اﻟﺠﮭﺎد‬
‫‪٣:٢٠‬؛ ‪١٠:٢٢‬؛ ‪٨:٢٥‬؛ ‪.(٣٣:٣٠‬‬
‫)‪.(١٠-٩:٣‬‬ ‫‪ .٢٩‬اﻟﻌﺸﻮر‬
‫)أم ‪٢٤:٤‬؛ ‪٣٢-١١:١٠‬؛ ‪٦:١٢،١٨،٢٢‬؛ ‪٣:١٣‬؛ ‪١٩:٢٠‬؛ ‪٢٣:٢١‬؛‬ ‫‪ .٣٠‬اﻟﻠﺴﺎن‬
‫‪٢٨:٢٦‬؛ ‪.(٣٢:٣٠‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪ .٣١‬اﻟﺜﺮوة واﻟﻐﻨﻰ‬
‫)أم ‪١٥ ،٢:١٠‬؛ ‪٢٨ ،٤:١١‬؛ ‪٧:١٣،١١‬؛ ‪٦:١٥‬؛ ‪٨:١٦‬؛ ‪١١:١٨‬؛ ‪٤:١٩‬؛‬
‫‪٢٤:٢٧‬؛ ‪.(٢٢ ،٦ :٢٨‬‬ ‫‪ .٣٢‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫)أم ‪.(٢٨-٢٥:٣٠‬‬ ‫‪ .٣٣‬اﻟﻨﺴﺎء‬
‫)أم ‪.(٣١‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ‪- :‬‬


‫وﺻﺎﯾﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﮭﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﺎب )ص‪ - ١‬ص‪. (٩‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﺻﺎﯾﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﮭﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﯿﻊ )ص‪ – ١٠‬ص‪. (٢٠‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﺻﺎﯾﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﮭﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎدة واﻟﻤﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﻦ )ص‪ – ٢١‬ص‪. (٣٠‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮأة اﻟﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ )ص‪. (٣١‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫وﺻﺎﯾﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﺎب ﻟﺴﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ) ص‪ – ١‬ص‪( ٩‬‬


‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﳐﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﰲ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ‬


‫ﻭﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﻮان اﻟﺴﻔﺮ أﻣﺜﺎل ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﺑﻦ داود ﻣﻠﻚ إﺳﺮاﺋﯿﻞ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣﺜ ﺎل ﺳ ﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﺑ ﻦ داود ﻣﻠ ﻚ إﺳ ﺮاﺋﯿﻞ ‪ :‬إذ ﺗﻜ ﺮرت ھ ﺬه اﻟﻌﺒ ﺎرة ﻓ ﻲ )أم ‪،١٠:١ ،١:١‬‬
‫‪ (١:٢٥‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﯾﺆﻛﺪ أن واﺿﻊ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ ھﻮ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻗﺪ وﺿﻊ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ‪ ٣٠٠٠‬ﻣﺜﻞ )‪١‬ﻣﻞ ‪ (٣٢:٤‬و ‪ ١٠٠٥‬ﻧﺸﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣﺜﺎل ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﯾﺤﻜﻢ وﯾﺪﺑﺮ أو ذﻛﺮ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ وﺑﻤﺎ ﯾﺸﺒﮭﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﮭﻮ ﺣﻜﯿﻢ اﺑﻦ داود ﻣﻠﻚ إﺳﺮاﺋﯿﻞ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﻓﮭﻮذا ﯾﺮﯾﺪ أن ﻧﻘﺘ ﺪي ﺑ ﮫ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﺴ ﺘﻮي روﺣ ﻲ‬
‫أي ﻧﻘﺘﺪي ﺑﺴﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘﻲ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﻣﻠﻚ اﻟﺴﻼم‪ ،‬وﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﺑﻦ داود ﻣﻠﻚ دون ﺣﺮب‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼم وھ ﻮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺠﮭ ﺔ اﻟﺮوﺣﯿ ﺔ اﺑ ﻦ داود أي رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع ﻣﻠ ﻚ اﻟﺴ ﻼم وﻣ ﻦ ﺟﮭ ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺎﺳﻮت اﺑﻦ داود وﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن وداود ﻣﻠﻜﻮا ﻋﻠﻰ إﺳﺮاﺋﯿﻞ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪ -١‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ‪ :‬ﯾﻌﻄﻲ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑ ﺪء اﻟﺴ ﻔﺮ ﻣ ﻦ آﯾ ﺔ )‪ (٦ -٢‬ﻋ ﺪة آﯾ ﺎت ﻓﯿﮭ ﺎ ﺑﻌ ﺾ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮادﻓﺎت ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﮭﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﮭﺎ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أوﻟﮭﺎ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ‪ :‬وھﻲ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ وﻗﺪ وردت ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ ‪ ٣٧‬ﻣﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذ ﯾﻜﺘﺸﻒ اﻟﺸﺎب ﺟﮭﻠ ﮫ اﻟ ﺬاﺗﻲ ﻓﯿﺘﻌ ﺮف ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺴ ﻤﺎوﯾﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺑﮭ ﺎ ﯾﺘﻌ ﺮف ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﮫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﷲ ﻓﯿﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ أﻗﻨﻮم اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع )‪١‬ﻛﻮ ‪.(٣٠:١‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬أدب ‪ :‬ذﻛﺮت ھﺬه اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ ‪ ٢٦‬ﻣﺮة‪.‬‬
‫وھﺪﻓﮭﺎ ھﻮ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ واﻟﺘﺄدب ﺑ ﮫ وﻟ ﯿﺲ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘ ﺎم ﻛﻤ ﺎ ﯾُﻔﻌ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟﻤﺠ ﺮﻣﯿﻦ ﺑ ﻞ ﻛﺂﺑ ﺎء ﻧ ﺆدب‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺐ وﻟﯿﺲ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎم‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ‪ :‬وردت ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﮭﺪ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻢ ﻛﻔﻌﻞ ) ﯾﻌ ﺮف( ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﻣ ﺮة‪ ،‬وھ ﻲ ﺗﻌﻨ ﻲ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﯾُﻘَﺪم ﻟﮫ اﻹﯾﻤﺎن أوﻻ ﻛﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻘﻮده اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺛ ﻢ ﺗﻜﻤﯿ ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﺎﯾﺎ ﺣﯿﻨﺌﺬ ﯾﻜﻮن ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻢ ﻏﯿﺮه‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬اﻟﻔﮭ ﻢ ‪ :‬وھ ﻮ إدراك اﻟﺤﻘ ﺎﺋﻖ اﻟﺮوﺣﯿ ﺔ وھ ﻮ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟ ﻨﻔﺲ ﻃ ﺎھﺮة ﺻ ﺎﻓﯿﺔ ﺗﻜ ﻮن‬
‫اﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻟﮭﺎ إدراﻛﺎ ﻧﻘﯿﺎ ﻟﮭﺬا أﺳﻤﺎھﺎ اﻵﺑﺎء )اﻟﻔﮭﻢ( ھﻮ ﻋﯿﻦ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬اﻟﻌﺪل ‪ :‬ھﻮ اﻟﺴﻠﻮك ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ وأﺣﯿﺎﻧﺎ ﯾﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬اﻟﺤﻜﻢ ) اﻟﺤﻖ( ‪ :‬وھﻮ ﺻﻨﻊ اﻟﻘﺮارات ﺑﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺳﻤﺎوﯾﺔ واﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﯿﻜ ﻮن اﻻﺧﺘﯿ ﺎر ﺗﻔﻀ ﯿﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻖ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ أو ﺗﻔﻀﯿﻞ اﻷﺷﯿﺎء اﻟﺘﻲ ھﻲ أﻓﻀﻞ اﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬اﻻﺳ ﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ‪ :‬ھ ﻲ ﻋﻤ ﻞ اﻟ ﺮوح اﻟﻘ ﺪس ﻓﯿﻨ ﺎ اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﺸ ﺘﺎق ﻟﻌﻤ ﻞ اﻟﺤ ﻖ وﯾﺴﺘﺤﺴ ﻨﮫ ﻛﻘ ﻮة‬
‫داﺧﻠﯿﺔ ﻓﯿﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬اﻟﺘﺪﺑﯿﺮ ‪ :‬أي اﻟﺘﻤﯿﯿﺰ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ واﻟﺤﻖ وﺑﯿﻦ اﻷﻣﻮر اﻟﻤﺘﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو إﻟﻰ ﺑﻮاﻃﻦ اﻷﻣﻮر‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ وأدب ﻹدراك أﻗﻮال اﻟﻔﮭﻢ " ‪-:‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﯾﻤﺎن اﻟﺬي ﯾﺴﺒﻘﮭﺎ واﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ ﻧﻮﻋﯿﻦ أرﺿ ﯿﺔ وﺳ ﻤﺎوﯾﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أي اﻟﺴ ﻠﻮك اﻟﻌﻤﻠ ﻲ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬وأدب ﻹدراك اﻟﻔﮭ ﻢ إذ ﯾﺤﺘ ﺎج اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن‬
‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﮭﺬﯾﺐ وھﻲ أﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﻌﻲ اﻷﻗﻮال وﯾﻔﮭﻤﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻟﻘﺒﻮل ﺗﺄدﯾﺐ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ واﻟﻌﺪل واﻟﺤﻖ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ھﺪف اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ھﻮ اﻟﺘﺄدﯾﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻠﻮك اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ وﺣﺘﻲ اﻟﻤﺸ ﺎﻋﺮ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿ ﺔ‪،‬‬
‫واﻻﺳ ﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ واﻟﺤ ﻖ واﻟﻌ ﺪل ھ ﻢ داﺧﻠﯿ ﺎن وﺧﺎرﺟﯿ ﺎن وأﯾﻀ ﺎ ﺗ ﺄدب ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻔﻜ ﺮ واﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ‬
‫واﻹرادة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ھﻜﺬا ﺗﺼﯿﺮ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﺎ ﺟﻤﯿﻼ ﺑﮫ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﻤﺜ ﻞ ﻋﻨﻘ ﻮد اﻟﻌﻨ ﺐ ﯾﺤﻤ ﻞ ﺛﻤ ﺮا‬
‫ﺟﻤﯿﻼ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﯾﺲ اﻟﺴﻤﺎوي‪.‬‬

‫‪١١‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﺠﮭﺎل ذﻛﺎء ‪ ،‬واﻟﺸﺎب ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ وﺗﺪﺑﯿﺮا " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﺪﺑﯿﺮا ﻓﻲ اﻷﺻﻞ اﻟﻌﺒ ﺮي ﺗ ﺪاﺑﯿﺮا ھﻜ ﺬا ﯾﺸ ﺒﮫ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن اﻟﺮوﺣ ﻲ ﻣﺜ ﻞ رﺑ ﺎن اﻟﺴ ﻔﯿﻨﺔ‬
‫ﯾﻘﻮد ﺳﻔﯿﻨﺘﮫ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﯾﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﻜﻮن آﻣﻨﺎ ھﻜﺬا ﺗﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺘﺪاﺑﯿﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺠﮭ ﺎل ﺗ ﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﯿ ﯿﻦ ﻟﻜﻠﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺒﺴ ﺎﻃﺔ اﻷول ﺗﻌﻨ ﻲ اﻟﺒ ﺮاءة واﻟﻨﻘ ﺎء ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﯾﻜ ﻮن اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن‬
‫داﺧﻠﮫ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﺎرﺟﮫ‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻐﺒﺎوة‪ ،‬وھﻨﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﻨ ﻲ اﻟﺜ ﺎﻧﻲ ھ ﻮ اﻟﻤﻘﺼ ﻮد إذا أﺳ ﺎء‬
‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎن اﺳ ﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﺴ ﺎﻃﺔ ﻓﯿﺘﺤ ﻮل إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻐﺒ ﺎء ھﻜ ﺬا اﻟﺘﺄدﯾ ﺐ واﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ واﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ ﯾﻌﻄ ﻮا‬
‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ذﻛﺎءا ﻟﯿﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ دﻧﯿﻮﯾﺎ ﺑﻞ روﺣﯿﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﯾﺴﻤﻊ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﻓﯿﺰداد ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪ ،‬واﻟﻔﮭﯿﻢ ﯾﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺗﺪﺑﯿﺮا " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﺿﺢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﺺ أن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ذا اﻟﻌﻠﻢ اﻟﻐﺰﯾﺮ واﻟﻔﮭﯿﻢ ھﻮ اﻟﺬي ﯾﺪرك ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﺘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬه ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻜﻼھﻤ ﺎ ﯾﺤﺘﺎﺟ ﺎن ﻟﻘ ﺮاءة ھ ﺬه اﻷﻣﺜ ﺎل ﻟﯿ ﺰدادوا ﺳ ﻮاء ﻋﻠﻤ ﺎ أو ﺗ ﺪﺑﯿﺮا ﻓ ﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻢ ﻻ ﯾﻜ ﻮن‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎ إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن ﺗﻠﻤﯿﺬا وﻣﺎ زال ﺗﻠﻤﯿﺬا ﻓﺈن اﻛﺘﻔﻲ ﯾﺠﻒ وﻻ ﯾﺼﯿﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻟﻔﮭﻢ اﻟﻤﺜﻞ واﻟﻠﻐﺰ أﻗﻮال اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎء وﻏﻮاﻣﻀﮭﻢ " ‪-:‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺎدي ﻓﻮق اﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌ ﺎت وﺗﻨ ﺰل إﻟ ﻰ اﻷﺳ ﻮاق ورؤوس اﻟﺸ ﻮارع ﻟﺘ ﺪﻋﻮا‬
‫اﻟﺒﺴﻄﺎء‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﮭﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻘﺪر ﻣﻦ اﻷﺳ ﺮار ﻟﻠﺠ ﺎدﯾﻦ اﻟ ﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺒﺤﺜ ﻮن ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻜﻤ ﺎل وﻋ ﻦ أﻋﻤ ﺎق‬
‫أﺳﺮار اﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﮭ ﺬا ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة اﻟﻌﺎدﯾ ﺔ اﻟ ﺬھﺐ واﻟﻶﻟ ﺊ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑ ﺎﻃﻦ اﻷرض واﻟﻤﻨ ﺎﺟﻢ ﻟﻜ ﻲ‬
‫ﯾﺤﻔﺮ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن وﯾﺘﻌﺐ ﻟﯿﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ‪ ،‬ھﻜﺬا أﺳﺮار اﷲ ھﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺪراﺳﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺼﻼة‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب رأس اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬أﻣﺎ اﻟ ﺠﺎھﻠﻮن ﻓﯿﺤﺘﻘ ﺮون اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ واﻷدب "‬
‫‪-:‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮن ﺳﻮاء اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ أو اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺮوﺣ ﻲ ﻓﺎﻟ ﺬي ﯾﻌ ﺮف اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﯾﻌﺮف ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب واﻟﺬي ﻟﮫ ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب ﯾﻌﺮف اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻏﯿﺮه‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب أﯾﻀﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻤﻮﯾﺎت أﻣﺎ ﻋﺪم اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻠﯿﺲ ﻟﮭ ﺎ رﺟ ﺎء ﻓﻤ ﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ھﻮ رﺟﺎء اﻟﺸﺮﯾﺮ ؟!‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄ ﺔ ﺑﻌ ﺪم اﻟﻐﻀ ﺐ ﻷن اﻟﻐﻀ ﻮب ﯾﻈﻠ ﻢ ﻋﻘﻠ ﮫ‪ ،‬ﺗﮭ ﺐ ﻋﻠﯿ ﮫ روح اﻷھ ﻮاء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮﯾﺮة واﻟﺸﮭﻮات اﻟﺸﺮﯾﺮة أﻣﺎ اﻟﺬي ﯾﺨﺎف اﻟ ﺮب ﻓﮭ ﻮ ﺣﻠ ﯿﻢ ﯾﻜﺴ ﺐ ﻏﯿ ﺮه وﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻓﯿ ﮫ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب‪ ،‬ﻟﮭﺬا ﯾﻘﺎل ﻋﻦ اﻟﻐﻀﻮب اﻟﺬي ﺗﻌﺒﺚ ﺑﮫ أھﻮاؤه " ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﺪي ﺻ ﺤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺮاﺣﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺎﺣﺖ وأﻧﺘﻨﺖ ﺑﺠﮭﻠﻲ" )ﻣﺰ ‪.(٤،٣ : ٣٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب ﺗﺪاوي وﺗﺨﺪم اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ أﻣﺎ ﻋﺪم اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺆذي اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ وﺗﻈﻠﻤﮭﻢ !!‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب ھﻲ اﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ اﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﮭﺎد واﻻﺟﺘﮭﺎد ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ اﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻓ ﺔ اﻟ ﺮب ھ ﻲ اﻟﺒ ﺪء اﻟﺼ ﺤﯿﺢ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﯿﺎﺗﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﻊ اﷲ أﻣ ﺎ اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﺒ ﺪأ ﺣﯿﺎﺗ ﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻣ ﻞ دون‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﮭﺬا ﺧﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ ﺟﺪا‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب ﺗﻌﻄ ﻲ ﻃﮭ ﺎرة واﻟﻄﮭ ﺎرة ﺗﻌﻄ ﻲ اﺳ ﺘﻨﺎرة أﻣ ﺎ ﻋ ﺪم اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓ ﺔ ﯾ ﺆدي إﻟ ﻰ ﻋ ﺪم‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﮭﺎرة ﻓﯿﺤﺠﺐ اﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺤﯿﺎة اﻟﻔﺮح واﻟﺘﮭﻠﯿﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﯿﻲ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪة ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺬات أﻣ ﺎ اﻟﺠﮭ ﺎل ﯾﺤﺘﻘ ﺮون اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ واﻷدب أي ﯾﻌﺘﻤ ﺪوا‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ذواﺗﮭﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ " ‬اﺳﻤﻊ ﯾﺎ اﺑﻨﻲ ﺗﺄدﯾﺐ أﺑﯿﻚ وﻻ ﺗﺮﻓﺾ ﺷﺮﯾﻌﺔ أﻣﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﺑﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺴﻔﺮ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﺮة‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻵﺑﺎء ھﻮ ﻟﻔﻆ أول ﻣﺎ أﻃﻠﻖ أﻃﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻵﺑﺎء إﺑﺮاھﯿﻢ وإﺳﺤﻖ وﯾﻌﻘﻮب وﻗﺪ ﺳﻤﻮا اﻵﺑﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻛ ﺔ )ﺗ ﻚ‪) ،(٢٤:١‬ﺧ ﺮ‪ ١٣:٣‬؛ ﺗ ﺚ‪) ،(١٨:١‬أع ‪١٢ ،٢:٧ ، ١٣:٣‬؛ رو ‪،١٢:٤‬‬
‫‪١٦‬؛ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﻂ ‪.(٤:٣‬‬
‫وﻛﺎن ﻓﻲ ﻋﮭﺪ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﯾﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﻜﺘﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﮭﺬا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ أب ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ اﻷﺑﻮة اﻟﺠﺴﺪﯾﺔ ﺑﻞ اﻷﺑﻮة اﻟﺮوﺣﯿﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﻟﮭﺬا ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎن اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺲ أﺛﻨﺎﺳﯿﻮس ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋ ﻦ إﯾﻤﺎﻧ ﮫ ﻛ ﺎن ﯾ ﺘﻜﻠﻢ أﻧ ﮫ اﺳ ﺘﻠﻤﮫ ﻣ ﻦ آﺑﺎﺋ ﮫ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﯾﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﮭﻢ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺲ أﻟﻜﺴﻨﺪروس ودﯾﻮﻧﺴﯿﻮس اﻟﺴﻜﻨﺪرﯾﯿﻦ‪.‬‬
‫وﻟﮭ ﺬا ﻋ ﺮف ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟﺘﻘﻠﯿ ﺪ اﻟﯿﮭ ﻮدي أن اﻻﺑ ﻦ ھ ﻮ اﺑ ﻦ ﻟﻔ ﻢ ﻣﻌﻠﻤ ﮫ أي ﯾﺴ ﻤﻊ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﯿﻤ ﮫ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺮوﺣﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﻟﮭﺬا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻜﻼم ھﻮ اﺑﻦ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﻟﮭﺬا ﻛﺎن ﻣﻦ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮض أن ﯾﻌﻠﻢ اﻷب اﻟﺠﺴﺪي اﺑﻨﮫ ﻟﻜﻨﮫ ﯾﺘﺮك اﻷﺳﺮة ﻟﯿﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﺎﻷم ﺗﻜﻮن‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻢ ﻃﻮال ﻓﺘﺮة ﻏﯿﺎب اﻷب‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻷﻧﮭﻤﺎ إﻛﻠﯿﻞ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻟﺮأﺳﻚ وﻗﻼﺋﺪ ﻟﻌﻨﻘﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻹﻛﻠﯿﻞ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ وﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺘﺄدﯾﺐ ھﻢ ﯾﺼﻨﻌﺎن إﻛﻠﯿﻞ ﻟﻼﺑﻦ اﻟﻤﻄﯿﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﻹﻛﻠﯿﻞ ھﻮ إﻛﻠﯿﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ وﻗﺒﻮل اﻟﺘﺄدﯾﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ أﯾﻀﺎ ھﻮ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬إﻛﻠﯿﻞ ﻣﺮاﺣﻢ ورأﻓﺎت اﷲ ﻋﻠﯿﻨﺎ )ﻣﺰ‪.(٤ ،٢ : ١٠٣‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬إﻛﻠﯿﻞ ﻣﺠﺪ " ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺠﺪ واﻟﻜﺮام ﺗﻮﺟﺘﮫ" )ﻣﺰ ‪.(٦:٨‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬إﻛﻠﯿﻞ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ )ﻣﺰ‪.(١٢:٥‬‬

‫‪١٣‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣﺎ اﻟﻘﻼﺋﺪ ﻟﻠﻌﻨﻖ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻨﻖ ﺑﺪون ﻗﻼدة ﯾﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻌﺼﯿﺎن واﻟﺘﻤﺮد ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ آدم أﺑﻮﻧﺎ اﻷول‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﻖ ﺑﻘﻼدة ﻛﻤﺜ ﻞ أوﻻد اﻟﻨ ﺒﻼء ھ ﻮ ﺗﺤﻤ ﻞ ﻧﯿ ﺮ اﻵﺧ ﺮﯾﻦ وﻧﯿ ﺮ اﻟﻤﺴ ﯿﺢ أي ﺻ ﻠﯿﺒﮫ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﮭﺬا ﺟﺎء رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع ﻟﯿﺤﻤ ﻞ اﻟﺼ ﻠﯿﺐ وﺑﻄﺎﻋﺘ ﮫ ﻷﺑﯿ ﮫ ﻛ ﺎن ﺳ ﺒﺐ ﻟﻤﯿﺮاﺛﻨ ﺎ اﻟﺒﺮﻛ ﺔ وﻋ ﺪم‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺔ آدم اﻷول ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﻤﯿﺮاﺛﻨﺎ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﯾﺎ اﺑﻨﻲ إن ﺗﻤﻠﻘﻚ اﻟﺨﻄﺎة ﻓﻼ ﺗﺮض " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ھﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻨ ﻲ اﻟﺘﻤﻠ ﻖ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟ ﺔ اﻟﺠ ﺬب ﻓ ﺈن اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋ ﺎت اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﺮة ﺳ ﻮاء اﻟﻠﺼ ﻮص أو ﺳ ﺎﻓﻜﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻣﺎء أو ﻏﯿﺮه ﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﻔﻲ أن ﺗﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺠﺬب وﺗﺪﻋﻮ اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ إﻟﯿﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣ ﺎ ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ ﻻ ﺗ ﺮض أي ﻛ ﻦ ﺻ ﺎﺣﺐ إرادة ﻗﻮﯾ ﺔ وﺣﺮﯾ ﺔ ﺣﻘﯿﻘ ﺔ أن ﺗ ﺮﻓﺾ اﻟﺸ ﺮ وﺗﺤ ﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺨﯿﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ اﻟﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﯾﻘﻮل ﻟﮭﺬا اذھﺐ ﻓﯿﺬھﺐ أي )اﻟﺸﺮ( وذاك ﯾﺄﺗﻲ ﻓﯿﺄﺗﻲ أي اﻟﺨﯿﺮ ‪..‬‬
‫‪ " ‬إن ﻗﺎﻟﻮا ھﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻜﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﺪم ﻟﻨﺨﺘﻒ ﻟﻠﺒﺮيء ﺑﺎﻃﻼ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ھﻨﺎ ﻋﺼﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﺨﻄﻂ وﺗﻜﻤﻦ أي ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﯿﻨﺎً ﻟﻠﺪم أي ﻟﺴﻔﻚ اﻟ ﺪم اﻟﺒ ﺮيء أي اﻟ ﺬي ﻟ ﻢ ﯾﻌﻤ ﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺮا‪ ،‬وھﻨ ﺎ ﯾﻨﻄﺒ ﻖ ﻋﻠ ﻰ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع ﻛ ﺄن ﺳ ﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﺗﻨﺒ ﺄ ﻋ ﻦ ﺟﻤﺎﻋ ﺔ اﻟﻘﺘﻠ ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ رؤﺳ ﺎء‬
‫اﻟﻜﮭﻨﺔ واﻟﻜﺘﺒﺔ واﻟﻔﺮﯾﺴ ﯿﯿﻦ ورؤﺳ ﺎء اﻟﺸ ﻌﺐ رﻏ ﻢ اﺧ ﺘﻼﻓﮭﻢ وﺗﻀ ﺎدھﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻘﯿ ﺪﺗﮭﻢ إﻻ‬
‫أﻧﮭﻢ اﺗﻔﻘﻮا ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻲء واﺣﺪ ھﻮ ﻗﺘﻞ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع اﻟﺒ ﺮيء اﻟ ﺬي ﺑ ﻼ ﺧﻄﯿ ﺔ وﺣ ﺪه‪ ،‬ﻟﻜ ﻨﮭﻢ‬
‫ﯾﻌﻤﻠﻮن ذﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ إذ ﯾﻌﺪوا ﻟﮭﻼك أﻧﻔﺴﮭﻢ ﺑﮭﺬا اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﻜﺮاﻣﯿﻦ اﻷردﯾﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﮭﺬا ﯾﺘﺼﻒ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺴﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺎﻃﺆ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺸﺮ واﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺨﯿﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻟﻨﺒﺘﻠﻌﮭﻢ أﺣﯿﺎء ﻛﺎﻟﮭﺎوﯾﺔ وﺻﺤﺎﺣﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﮭﺎﺑﻄﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠ ﺐ ﻓﻨﺠ ﺪ ﻛ ﻞ ﻗﻨﯿ ﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺧﺮة ﻧﻤﻸ ﺑﯿﻮﺗﻨﺎ ﻏﻨﯿﻤﺔ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذ ﯾﺸ ﺒﮫ ﺗﻠ ﻚ اﻟﻌﺼ ﺎﺑﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﮭﺎوﯾ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺒﺘﻠ ﻊ اﻷﻣ ﻮات روﺣﯿ ﺎ أو اﻷﻣ ﻮات ﻋﺎﻣ ﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣﺜ ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﮭﺎوﯾﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺘﻠﻊ اﻟﻘﺘﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﯿﻒ ﻛﺄﻧﮭﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﻮرح وداﺛﺎن وأﺑﯿﺮام ﻣﺜﻠﻤ ﺎ ﻋﻤﻠ ﻮا‬
‫ﻣﻊ إرﻣﯿﺎ اﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺟﻌﻠﻮه ﻓﻲ ﺟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﻟﮭﺪف ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﻐﻄ ﻮا ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﺧﻄﯿ ﺘﮭﻢ أو ﯾﻜﺘﻤﻮھ ﺎ وﯾﺠﻌﻠﻮھ ﺎ ﺣﺴ ﻨﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻗﺘﻨ ﺎء ﻏﻨ ﺎﺋﻢ ﺗﻤ ﻸ‬
‫ﺑﯿﻮﺗﮭﻢ ﻛﺄن ﺑﯿﻮﺗﮭﻢ اﻣﺘﻸت ﻣﻦ ﻗﻨﺎﯾﺎ اﻟﻤﻮﺗﻲ واﻟﻈﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻤ ﺎذا ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﺑﯿ ﻮﺗﮭﻢ وﻣ ﺎذا ﯾﻜﻮﻧ ﻮن‬
‫ھﻢ ﺳﻮي ﻗﺒﻮر ﺗﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﺘﺒﺘﻠﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﺗﻲ وﻻ ﺗﺸﺒﻊ !!‬
‫‪ " ‬ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻗﺮﻋﺘﻚ وﺳﻄﻨﺎ ‪ .‬ﯾﻜﻮن ﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﻤﯿﻌﺎ ﻛﯿﺲ واﺣﺪ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﻋﺘ ﻚ وﺳ ﻄﻨﺎ أي ﺗﺼ ﯿﺮ ﻛﻮاﺣ ﺪ ﻣﻨ ﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻈﻠﻤ ﻚ ﻓ ﻲ ﺷ ﻲء ﻣ ﻊ أﻧﮭ ﻢ ﯾﺘﻔﻨﻨ ﻮن أن ﯾﻈﻠﻤ ﻮا‬
‫اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﯿﻒ ﯾﻜﻮﻧﻮا ﻋﺎدﻟﯿﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﮭﻢ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ؟ وﯾﻜﻮن ﻟﮭﻢ ﺟﻤﯿﻌﺎ ﻛﯿﺴ ﺎ واﺣ ﺪ أي ﻣ ﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺎوي ﻟﻠﻜﻞ ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﺼﺮف ﻣﻨﮫ‪ .‬ھﺬه ھﻲ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻐﻮاﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻷﺷﺮار‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻮك ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ اﻷﺷﺮار ذا ﺛﻼث أﺳﺒﺎب ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﯾﺎ اﺑﻨﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ ﻣﻌﮭﻢ ‪ ،‬اﻣﻨﻊ رﺟﻠﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻜﮭﻢ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ھﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺤ ﺬر اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ اﺑﻨ ﮫ ﺑﺄﻧ ﮫ ﯾﻮﺟ ﺪ ﻃﺮﯾﻘ ﺎن ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ اﻟﺨﯿ ﺮ وﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ اﻟﺸ ﺮ ﻓﻌﻠﯿ ﮫ أن ﯾﺨﺘ ﺎر‬
‫ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺨﯿﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل ﺳﻔﺮ اﻟﺘﺜﻨﯿﺔ ﺟﻌﻠﺖ أﻣﺎﻣﻚ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة واﻟﻤﻮت ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺤﯿﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮات اﻟﺜﻼث ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬اﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ واﻟﺠﺮي ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﻚ اﻟﺪﻣﺎء ﻛﺄن اﻷﺷﺮار ﻣﺘﺴﺎﺑﻘﻮن ﻋﺪاءون ﯾﺮﯾﺪ ﻛ ﻞ واﺣ ﺪ ﻣ ﻨﮭﻢ‬
‫أن ﯾﺄﺧﺬ ﺟﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻔﻚ اﻟﺪم واﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ أو اﻟﺸ ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﯾﺤﺎﺳ ﺒﻮا أﻧﻔﺴ ﮭﻢ وﻻ ﯾﺸ ﺎورون أﺣ ﺪ ﺑ ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻓﺮص ﻟﻠﻤﻼﻣﺔ ووﺧﺰ اﻟﻀﻤﯿﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺷﺮورھﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻷﻧﮫ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺗﻨﺼﺐ اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﯿﻨﻲ ﻛﻞ ذي اﻟﺠﻨﺎح " ‪-:‬‬
‫إذا ﻋﺮف اﻟﻄﯿﺮ اﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ اﻟﻔﺦ واﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺼﻮﺑﺔ ﯾﺤﯿﺪ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ وﯾﻜﻮن ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﺐ اﻷﺷﺮار ﺑﺎﻃﻼ‬
‫ﻓﺈن ارﺗﻔﻌﺖ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻋﻦ اﻷرض ﺻﻌﺐ أن ﯾﺼﯿﺪھﺎ اﻟﺼﯿﺎد واﻟﺸﺒﺎك ﻟﻜﻦ إن اﻗﺘﺮﺑﺖ ھﻠﻜﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬أﻣ ﺎ ھ ﻢ ﻓﯿﻜﻤﻨ ﻮن ﻟ ﺪم أﻧﻔﺴ ﮭﻢ ﯾﺨﺘﻔ ﻮن ﻷﻧﻔﺴ ﮭﻢ ھﻜ ﺬا ﻃ ﺮق ﻛ ﻞ ﻣﻮﻟ ﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺴﺐ ﯾﺄﺧﺬ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻘﺘﻨﯿﮫ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻛﺄﻧﮭﻢ ﯾﻨﺼﺒﻮا اﻟﻔﺨﺎخ ﻷﻧﻔﺴﮭﻢ وﻟﯿﺲ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﯾﻦ ھﻜﺬا ﻓﻌﻞ ھﺎﻣ ﺎن ﻟﺼ ﻠﺐ ﻣﺮدﺧ ﺎي ﻓﺼ ﻠﺐ‬
‫ھﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ أﻋﺪه ﻟﮫ‪ ،‬ھﻜﺬا ﻓﻌﻞ ﯾﮭﻮذا اﻹﺳ ﺨﺮﯾﻮﻃﻲ ﺗ ﺂﻣﺮ ﻟﺼ ﻠﺐ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع ﻓﺄﻣ ﺎت ﻧﻔﺴ ﮫ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻨﻮﻗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺪﻋﻮ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﯿﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﯿﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻮارع‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬رؤوس اﻷﺳﻮاق‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪاﺧﻞ أﺑﻮاب اﻟﻤﺪن‪.‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻮارع ‪ :‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻦ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﻨﻮر ﻣﻤﻠﻜ ﺔ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع اﻟﻨ ﻮر اﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘ ﻲ‬
‫واﻟﺬي دﻋﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﻨﻜﻮن أﻧﻮار ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻢ وھﻲ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺘﺮة أﻣﺎ اﻟﺠﮭ ﻞ ﻓﮭ ﻮ ﯾﻜ ﻮن ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻈﻠﻤ ﺔ ‪..‬‬
‫ﯾﺨﺎف اﻟﻨﻮر‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻓ ﻲ رؤوس اﻷﺳ ﻮاق ‪ :‬أي اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺗﻨ ﺰل إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة اﻟﻌﺎدﯾ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻟﻨ ﺎ وﻛﺄﻧﮭ ﺎ ﻧﺒ ﻮة ﻋ ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨ ﺪ رؤوس اﻷﺳ ﻮاق ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﯾﺠﻠ ﺲ اﻟﺘﺠ ﺎر وﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻣﻼت اﻟﻤﺎدﯾ ﺔ اﻟﺼ ﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ھﺬا ﺗﺪﻋﻮ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺷﺮاء اﻟﻠﺆﻟﺆة ﻛﺜﯿﺮة اﻟﺜﻤﻦ !‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﻤﺪن ‪ :‬ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﯾﺠﻠ ﺲ ﺷ ﯿﻮخ اﻟﻤﺪﯾﻨ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀ ﺎء ﻓﮭ ﻲ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ھﻨ ﺎك ﻟﺘﻨﺼ ﺮ اﻟﻌ ﺪل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎن ﻗﻀﺎة اﻟﺸﻐﺐ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﯿﻦ ﻓﮭﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ھﻨﺎك‪.‬‬

‫‪١٥‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ دﻋﻮاﺗﮭﺎ ﯾﻈﮭﺮ ‪ ٤‬أﻧﻮاع ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬اﻟﺒﺴ ﻄﺎء أو اﻟﺠﮭ ﺎل ‪ :‬ھ ﻢ اﻟ ﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺴ ﮭﻞ ﺧ ﺪاﻋﮭﻢ إذ ھ ﻢ ﺳ ﺬج ﻓﺘﺤﺘ ﺎل ﻋﻠ ﯿﮭﻢ اﻟﺤﯿ ﺔ‬
‫ﻓﯿﺴﻘﻄﻮا‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﺰﺋﻮن ‪ :‬ھﻢ اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ ﺒﺔ ﻟﮭ ﻢ ﻧﺰھ ﺔ واﺳ ﺘﮭﺘﺎر وﻣ ﺰاج وﻻ ﯾﻮﺟ ﺪ ﺷ ﻲء ﺟ ﺎد‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﺎﺗﮭﻢ واﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﺴﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺠﺎدﯾﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬اﻟﺤﻤﻘﻰ ‪ :‬ھﻢ ﻛﺎرھﻮن اﻟﺘﻘﻮى واﻟﺤﯿﺎة ﺑﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ اﷲ ﯾﻌﯿﺸﻮن ﺣﺴﺐ أھﻮاﺋﮭﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬اﻟﻤﺘﻤﺮدون ‪ :‬ھﻢ ﺛﺎﺋﺮون ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻈﺎم وﻗﺎﻧﻮن دون ﺳﺒﺐ أو ھﺪف‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ارﺟﻌﻮا ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺑﯿﺨﻲ‪ ،‬ھﺎأﻧﺬا أﻓﯿﺾ ﻟﻜﻢ روﺣﯿﻦ‪ ،‬أﻋﻠﻤﻜﻢ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ " ‪-:‬‬
‫أي ارﺟﻌﻮا ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻗﻜﻢ اﻟﺮدﯾﺔ أي ﺗﻮﺑﻮا ﻟﻜﻲ أﻋﻄﯿﻜﻢ روﺣﯿﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ اﻟﻘ ﻮة اﻟﺮوﺣﯿ ﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺑﺘﻜﻢ أي اﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮع وﻋﻤﻞ اﷲ ﺑﺈﻋﻄ ﺎء روﺣ ﯿﻦ أي ﯾﻌ ﻮد اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ أﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻹﻧ ﻲ دﻋ ﻮت ﻓ ﺄﺑﯿﺘﻢ وﻣ ﺪدت ﯾ ﺪي وﻟ ﯿﺲ ﻣ ﻦ ﯾﺒ ﺎﻟﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺑ ﻞ رﻓﻀ ﺘﻢ ﻛ ﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮرﺗﻲ وﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﺿﻮا ﺗﻮﺑﯿﺨﻲ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذ دﻋ ﺖ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺑﻨ ﻲ إﺳ ﺮاﺋﯿﻞ ﻟﻜ ﻨﮭﻢ ﺗﻤ ﺮدوا ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﮭ ﺪ اﻟﻘ ﺪﯾﻢ وﻋﺒ ﺪوا اﻷوﺛ ﺎن ﻓﻌﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺰﻟﺖ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ وﺗﺠﺴﺪت وﻇﮭﺮ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ودﻋﺎھﻢ رﻓﻀﻮا ﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺎد ﺻﻠﺒﻮه‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺄﻧ ﺎ أﯾﻀ ﺎ اﺿ ﺤﻚ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺑﻠﯿ ﺘﻜﻢ ‪ ،‬اﺷ ﻤﺖ ﻋﻨ ﺪ ﻣﺠ ﻲء ﺧ ﻮﻓﻜﻢ‪ ،‬إذا ﺟ ﺎء ﺧ ﻮﻓﻜﻢ ﻛﻌﺎﺻ ﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫وأﺗﺖ ﺑﻠﯿﺘﻜﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﺰوﺑﻌﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾﺴﺘﺠﯿﺐ أﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺑﻨﻲ إﺳﺮاﺋﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﮭ ﺪ اﻟﻘ ﺪﯾﻢ أدﺑﮭ ﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﺒﻲ وإذ‬
‫ﺟﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﮭﺪ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ وﺻﻠﺒﻮه أدﺑﮭﻢ ﺑﮭ ﺪم أورﺷ ﻠﯿﻢ ﻟﻜﻨ ﮫ ﯾﻌﻄ ﻲ ﻓﺮﺻ ﺔ ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻣﺠ ﺊ ﯾ ﻮم‬
‫اﻟﺪﯾﻨﻮﻧﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدل‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﺣﯿﻨﺌﺬ ﯾﺪﻋﻮﻧﻨﻲ ﻓﻼ اﺳﺘﺠﯿﺐ ﯾﺒﻜﺮون إﻟﻰ ﻓﻼ ﯾﺠﺪوﻧﻨﻲ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾﺘﻮب اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ ﺣﺎﺟﺰا ﺑﯿﻨﮫ وﺑﯿﻦ اﷲ ﻓ ﻼ ﯾﺴ ﺘﺠﯿﺐ اﷲ إﻻ ﻟﻠﺘﺄدﯾ ﺐ‬
‫أو اﻟﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺼﻠﻮن ﻟﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ أوﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﯾﺒﻜ ﺮون إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺴ ﻌﻲ اﻟ ﺪﻧﯿﻮي ﻓ ﻼ ﯾﻜ ﻮن اﷲ ﻣﻌﮭ ﻢ ﻷﻧﮭ ﻢ ﻻ ﯾﺒﻜ ﺮون إﻟ ﻰ اﷲ أوﻻ ﻷن‬
‫اﻟﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺒﻜﺮون إﻟﯿﮫ ﯾﺠﺪوﻧﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻷﻧﮭﻢ اﺑﻐﻀﻮا اﻟﻌﻠﻢ وﻟﻢ ﯾﺨﺘﺎروا ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب " ‪-:‬‬
‫إذ اﻟﻌﻠ ﻢ ﻻ ﯾﻜ ﻮن ﻋﻠﻤ ﺎ ﺻ ﺤﯿﺤﺎ إﻻ ﺑﻤﻤﺎرﺳ ﺔ ﻣﺨﺎﻓ ﺔ اﻟ ﺮب ﻓﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ اﷲ ﺗﺒ ﺪأ ﺑﺨﻮﻓ ﮫ‬
‫وﺗﺄدﯾﺒ ﮫ‪ ،‬وﺗﻨﺘﮭ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛﻤﺎﻟﮭ ﺎ أﯾﻀ ﺎ ﺑﺨﻮﻓ ﮫ ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﺧ ﻮف ﻣ ﻦ ﺟ ﺮح ﻣﺸ ﺎﻋﺮه‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ اﷲ‬
‫ﻧﻌﺮف ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء وﻧﺤﻜ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻞ ﺷ ﻲء روﺣﯿ ﺎ وﻻ ﯾﺤﻜ ﻢ ﻓﯿﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ أﺣ ﺪ ﻟﻮﺟ ﻮد ﺧ ﻮف اﷲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻓﻠﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﺄﻛﻠﻮن ﻣﻦ ﺛﻤﺮ ﻃﺮﯾﻘﮭﻢ وﯾﺸﺒﻌﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆاﻣﺮاﺗﮭﻢ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻷن أﺟ ﺮة اﻟﺨﻄﯿ ﺔ ﻣ ﻮت ﻓﻠﮭ ﺬا ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ ﻏﯿ ﺮ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺎء وﻏﯿ ﺮ اﻟﺘ ﺎﺋﺒﯿﻦ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺘﮭ ﺎ ﻣﺆﻟﻤ ﺔ ﻷن‬
‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﯾﺤﺼﺪ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺰرﻋﮫ ‪ ،‬واﻟﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺘ ﺂﻣﺮون ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷﺑ ﺮار ﺗﻠﺤ ﻖ ﺑﮭ ﻢ ﻧﺘﯿﺠ ﺔ ﻣ ﺆاﻣﺮاﺗﮭﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻌﻮد ﻋﻠﯿﮭﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺗﻌﺎب وھﺬا ﻻ ﯾﻤﻨﻊ أن اﷲ ﯾﻌﺎﻗ ﺐ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺨﻄﯿ ﺔ ﻷﻧ ﮫ ﻛﻤ ﺎ ھ ﻮ رﺣ ﯿﻢ ھ ﻮ‬
‫ﻋﺎدل أﯾﻀﺎ ﻓﮭﻮ رﺣﯿﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﻟﮫ وﻋﺎدل ﻓﻲ رﺣﻤﺘﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻷن ارﺗﺪاد اﻟﺤﻤﻘﻰ ﯾﻘﺘﻠﮭﻢ ‪ ،‬وراﺣﺔ اﻟﺠﮭﺎل ﺗﺒﯿﺪھﻢ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ارﺗﺪاد اﻷﺣﻤﻖ ﻋﻦ اﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﯾﻌﺘﻘﺪ أﻧﮫ ﯾﺮﯾﺤﮫ ﻟﻜﻨﮫ ﯾﻘﺘﻠﮫ ﻷن اﷲ ھﻮ اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة اﻟﺮوﺣﯿ ﺔ ﻓﻤ ﻦ‬
‫ﯾﺘﺮﻛﮭ ﺎ ﯾ ﺬﺑﻞ وﯾﻤ ﻮت‪ ،‬واﻟﺠﺎھ ﻞ ﯾﻔﺘﻜ ﺮ ﻏﻨ ﺎه وراﺣﺘ ﮫ ﺗﺮﯾﺤ ﮫ ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ھ ﻲ ﺳ ﺒﺐ ﻗﻠﻘ ﮫ‬
‫اﻟﺪاﺋﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ اﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬أﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﻲ ﻓﯿﺴﻜﻦ آﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬وﯾﺴﺘﺮﯾﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮف اﻟﺸﺮ " ‪-:‬‬
‫أﻣﺎ اﻟﺬي ﯾﺴﻤﻊ ﻛﻼم اﷲ ﻓﯿﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ أﻣﺎن داﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻼ ﯾﺨﺎف ﺷ ﻲء ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺒﺸ ﺮ ﻟﻜﻨ ﮫ ﯾﺨ ﺎف‬
‫ﺷﯿﺌﺎ واﺣﺪا ھﻮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺮ إذ ﯾﮭﺮب ﻣﻨﮫ ﻓﻠﮭﺬا ﯾﻜﻮن ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ھﺪوء ﻣﺴﺘﺮﯾﺤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ -١‬وﺻﯿﺔ اﻟﺮب واﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬


‫‪ " ‬ﯾﺎ اﺑﻨﻲ إن ﻗﺒﻠﺖ ﻛﻼﻣﻲ وﺧﺒﺄت وﺻﺎﯾﺎي ﻋﻨﺪك " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﻄﻠﺐ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻣﻦ ﯾﺴﻤﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﮫ أن ﯾﻜﻮن ﻛﺎﺑﻦ ﻷﺑﯿﮫ ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺐ أﺑﯿ ﮫ اﻟﺼ ﺎدق ﺑﺎﻟﺤ ﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻨﻮي اﻟﺼﺎدق وھﻮ اﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻃﻠ ﺐ ﻣﻨ ﮫ أن ﯾﺨﺒ ﺊ ﻛﻼﻣ ﮫ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﻠﺒ ﮫ وﻛﻼﻣ ﮫ ﻟ ﯿﺲ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﯾﺎﺗ ﮫ إﻧﻤ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟ ﺮب أي‬
‫وﺻﺎﯾﺎ اﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺎذا ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻠﺐ ؟‬
‫‪ o‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺮ واﻹرادة ﻣﻌﺎ ﻓﻼ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ إﻻ وﯾﻜﻮن ﺑﻜﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻻ ﯾﺨﻄﺊ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن وﯾﻜﻮن ﺣﺬرا‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺨﻄﻔﮫ ﺷﯿﺎﻃﯿﻦ اﻟﻜﺒﺮﯾﺎء واﻟﻐﺶ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﺘﻘﺪس ﻟﯿﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻇﺎھﺮه إﻧﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻜﺮه اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﮭﺎ ﺣﯿﻨﻤﺎ ﯾﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٧‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﺣﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻤﯿ ﻞ أذﻧ ﻚ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬وﺗﻌﻄ ﻒ ﻗﻠﺒ ﻚ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻔﮭ ﻢ ‪ ،‬إن دﻋ ﻮت‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ورﻓﻌﺖ ﺻﻮﺗﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻔﮭﻢ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﯾﺮﯾﺪ اﷲ ﻣﻨﺎ أن ﻧﻘﺪم ﻛﻞ ﺣﻮاﺳﻨﺎ إﻟﯿ ﮫ ﻓﺘﻨﻔ ﺘﺢ اﻷذن اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿ ﺔ ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﺗﺴ ﻤﻌﮫ داﺧﻠﯿ ﺎ وﻟﻜ ﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﮫ ﺑﺎب اﻟﻘﻠﺐ داﺧﻠﯿﺎ‪.‬‬
‫وﻧﻘﺪم ﻟﮫ ﺻﻠﻮاﺗﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻌﺮﻓ ﮫ ﻟﻜ ﻦ ھﻨ ﺎك ﻓ ﺮق ﺑ ﯿﻦ أﺻ ﻮات ﺗﺼ ﺮخ ﺑﻔﮭ ﻢ وﺑ ﯿﻦ أﺻ ﻮات‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ھﻲ ﺿﺠﯿﺞ !!‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﺻﻮات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺮخ ﺑﻔﮭﻢ ھﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎت اﻟﻌﺎﻗﻠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪ voice‬ھﻜﺬا ﻣﻦ ﯾﻄﻠﺐ أن‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﯾﻌﺮف اﷲ وﯾﺘﺬوﻗﮫ‪.‬‬
‫أﻣ ﺎ اﻷﺻ ﻮات اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺼ ﯿﺮ ﻋﺒ ﺎرة ﻋ ﻦ ﺿ ﺠﯿﺞ ھ ﻲ اﻟﺼ ﻼة ﺑ ﺪون ﻓﮭ ﻢ أو وﻋ ﻲ أو ﻋﻘ ﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺖ ﻓﯿﺼﺒﺢ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﮭﺎ ﻛﺄﻧﮫ ﺑﻼ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻷﺻ ﻮات اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺼ ﺪرھﺎ اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨ ﺎت أو اﻷﺷ ﯿﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻣﺪة ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﻤﻲ ‪.sounds‬‬
‫وھﻨ ﺎك ﻣ ﻦ ﯾﻜ ﻮن ﺻ ﺎﻣﺘﺎ ﻟﻜﻨ ﮫ ﯾﺼ ﺮخ ﺑﻘﻠﺒ ﮫ ﻣﺜﻠﻤ ﺎ ﺻ ﻨﻊ ﻣﻮﺳ ﻲ إﻟ ﻰ اﷲ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﻓ ﻮﺟﺊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﮭﺠﻮم ﻓﺮﻋﻮن ﺑــ ‪ ٦٠٠‬ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ وراءه وﻛﺎن اﻟﺒﺤﺮ أﻣﺎﻣﮫ ﻓﻘﺎل ﻟﮫ اﷲ ﻟِﻤﺎ ﺗﺼﺮخ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻊ‬
‫أﻧﮫ ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ!!‬
‫‪ " ‬إن ﻃﻠﺒﺘﮭﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﻀﺔ وﺑﺤﺜﺖ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻜﻨﻮز " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺤﺚ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ اﺑﻨﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻔﻀﺔ واﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ اﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻋﺒ ﺎرة اﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ أي ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻟﺒﺤ ﺚ ﻋ ﻦ اﻷﺣﺠ ﺎر اﻟﻜﺮﯾﻤ ﺔ واﻟ ﺬھﺐ واﻟﻔﻀ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑ ﺎﻃﻦ‬
‫اﻷرض ﻓﻠﺬا ﻧﺤﺘﺎج ﻟﻠﺼﺒﺮ واﻻﺟﺘﮭﺎد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻠﮭﺬا ﻻ ﯾﻜﺘ ﻒ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻈ ﺎھﺮة ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻜﺘ ﺎب اﻟﻤﻘ ﺪس اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻔﮭ ﻢ ﺧﻄ ﺄ ﻟﻜ ﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﯿﻨﺎ أن ﻧﺠﺘﮭﺪ وﻧﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻋﻤﺎق ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﯾﻘﺎل أن اﷲ ﻏﻀﺐ أو ﻧﺪم ﻓﻨﺠﺪ أن اﷲ ﯾﻜﻠﻤﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻔﮭﻤﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﯾﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ إﯾﺠﺎد اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺮوﺣﻲ وﻟﯿﺲ اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺤﺮﻓﻲ وھ ﺬا ﻣ ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺖ ﺗﮭ ﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﮫ ﻣﺪرﺳﺔ اﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪرﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﺪرﺳﺔ أﻧﻄﺎﻛﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ اھﺘﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺤﺮﻓﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ واﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذ ﯾﺠﺪ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ أن اﻟﺬي ﯾﺠﺪھﺎ ﯾﺠﺪ اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ وأﯾﻀﺎ اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ھﻲ ﺑﺪء اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫واﻟﺬي ﯾﺠﺪ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ واﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﯾﺠﺪ ﻣﻌﮭﺎ اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺪون ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ وﻻ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺪون‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳ ﺔ اﻹﻟﮭﯿ ﺔ ‪ :‬إذ ﺗﻜﻠ ﻢ ﺳ ﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻋ ﻦ وﺟ ﻮد ﺣﺎﺳ ﺔ إﻟﮭﯿ ﺔ ﻏﯿ ﺮ اﻟﺤ ﻮاس اﻟﺠﺴ ﺪاﻧﯿﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺪ إذ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ أﺧﺮى ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﯾﻌﻄﯿﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﺮﯾﺪﯾﮭﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٨‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ واﻟﻤﺤﺒ ﺔ ‪ :‬إذ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ ھ ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ اﷲ واﻟﻤﺤﺒ ﺔ ھ ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ اﷲ واﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ ھ ﻲ رﻏﺒ ﺔ‬
‫ﯾﻌﻄﯿﮭﺎ اﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﺒﻲ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﻤﺎﯾﺔ وﻧﺼﺮة اﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ واﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬أي أن اﷲ ﯾﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ واﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓ ﺔ ﻣﻌﻮﻧ ﺔ وﯾﺼ ﯿﺮ ﻟﮭ ﻢ ﻣﺤﺒ ﺔ ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﯾﻨﺼ ﺮھﻢ‬
‫وﯾﻨﺼﺮ اﻟﺤﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻈﻠﻢ واﻟﻤﺠﻦ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ اﻟﻤﻨﺠﻨﯿﻖ وھﻮ أداة اﺧﺘﺮاق اﻷﺳﻮار ﻟﻠﻤﺪن‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﯿﻨﺌﺬ ﯾﻔﮭﻢ أن اﻟﻌﺪل واﻟﺤﻖ ﻃﺮﯾﻘﮭﻤﺎ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﺮﻛﺎت اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﻟﺬﺓ ﻗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺒﻊ ﻓﻜﺮﻱ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬إذا دﺧﻠﺖ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ وﻟﺬت اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫إذ ﯾﺠﺪ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺳﺮوره اﻟ ﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﯿﺴ ﻌﻲ إﻟﯿﮭ ﺎ ﺑﻜ ﻞ ﺟﮭ ﺪه ﻓﯿﻌﻄﯿﮭ ﺎ اﷲ‬
‫ﻟﮫ وﯾﺤﺴﺐ ﻧﯿﺮھﺎ ﺧﻔﯿﻒ‪ ،‬ھﻜﺬا ﻧﯿﺮ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﻓﻲ وﺻﺎﯾﺎه ﺧﻔﯿﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﯾﺪ‬
‫أن ﺗﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﮫ ﻓﺎﻻﺗﺤﺎد ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ واﷲ ھﻮ ﻏﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺴﺮور إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺗﻨﻘﺬ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻘ ﻞ ﯾﺤﻔﻈ ﻚ واﻟﻔﮭ ﻢ ﯾﻨﺼ ﺮك ﻹﻧ ﻘ ﺎذك ﻣ ﻦ ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﺮ وﻣ ﻦ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎن اﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻷ ﻛﺎذﯾﺐ اﻟﺘﺎرﻛﯿﻦ ﺳﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻚ اﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ " ‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺤﺬر ﺳﻔﺮ اﻷﻣﺜﺎل ﻣﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﯿﻦ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﺮ واﻟﻤ ﺮأة اﻷﺟﻨﺒﯿ ﺔ أي اﻟﻐﺮﯾﺒ ﺔ ﻋ ﻦ ﺑﻨ ﻲ‬
‫إﺳﺮاﺋﯿﻞ وھﻲ اﻟﻤﺮأة اﻟﺰاﻧﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻘ ﻞ ﯾﺤﻔ ﻆ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن واﻟﻔﮭ ﻢ أو اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺗﻨﺼ ﺮه ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻻ ﯾﻤﯿ ﻞ إﻟ ﻰ ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ اﻷﺷ ﺮار أو‬
‫ﺧﺪاﻋﺎﺗﮭﻢ أو أﻛﺎذﯾﺒﮭﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺗﻘ ﺪس اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻣ ﻦ إﻏ ﺮاءات اﻟﻤ ﺮأة اﻟﺰاﻧﯿ ﺔ أي ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤﯿ ﻮل إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﺸ ﮭﻮات‬
‫واﻟﻐﺮاﺋﺰ اﻟﺠﺴﺪﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻓﺮح اﻷﺑﺮار ﺳﻤﺎوي أﻣﺎ ﻓﺮح اﻷﺷﺮار ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮء وأﻛﺎذﯾﺒﮭﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ وﺧﺒ ﺜﮭﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ ھﺬا اﻟﺬي ﯾﻨﻘﻠﺐ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺮارة ﻷﻧﮫ ﻻ ﯾﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﲢﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺍﺕ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻹﻧﻘ ﺎذك ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺮأة اﻷﺟﻨﺒﯿ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻐﺮﯾﺒ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﻤﻠﻘ ﺔ ﺑﻜﻼﻣﮭ ﺎ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺎرﻛ ﺔ‬
‫أﻟﯿﻒ ) ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ( ﺻﺒﺎھﺎ واﻟﻨﺎﺳﯿﺔ ﻋﮭﺪ إﻟﮭﮭﺎ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤ ﺮأة اﻷﺟﻨﺒﯿ ﺔ ھ ﻲ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗ ﺄﺗﻲ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﻣ ﻢ ﻟﻤﻤﺎرﺳ ﺔ اﻟﺰﻧ ﺎ ﻓﮭ ﻲ ﺗﺘﻤﻠ ﻖ اﻵﺧ ﺮﯾﻦ ﺑﻜ ﻼم‬
‫ﻣﻌﺴﻮل أي ﻛﻼم ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺰﯾﺖ اﻟﻠﯿﻦ ﻟﻜﻨﮭﺎ ﺧﺎﺋﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺧﺎﺋﻨﺔ ﷲ ﻟﺰوج ﺻﺒﺎھﺎ ﻓﮭﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﮭﺪت أﻣﺎم اﷲ ﺑﺘ ﺮك ﺑﯿ ﺖ أﺑﯿﮭ ﺎ وأن ﺗﻠﺘﺼ ﻖ ﺑﺰوﺟﮭ ﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺮاﺣﺖ وﻛﺴﺮت اﻟﻌﮭﺪ ﺑﯿﻨﮭﺎ وﺑ ﯿﻦ إﻟﮭﮭ ﺎ وﺑﯿﻨﮭ ﺎ وﺑ ﯿﻦ زوﺟﮭ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﺗﺤﻔ ﻆ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن‬
‫ﻣﻦ ھﺬا اﻟﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻷن ﺑﯿﺘﮭﺎ ﯾﺴﻮخ ) ﯾﻤﯿﻞ ( إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﻮت‪ ،‬وﺳﺒﻠﮭﺎ إﻟﻰ اﻷﺧﯿﻠﺔ ﻛ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ دﺧ ﻞ‬
‫إﻟﯿﮭﺎ ﻻ ﯾﺆوب ) ﯾﻌﻮد ( وﻻ ﯾﺒﻠﻐﻮن ﺳﺒﻞ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة " ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺮأة اﻟﺰاﻧﯿ ﺔ ﻓ ﺈن ﺑﯿﺘﮭ ﺎ ھ ﻮ اﻟﻤ ﻮت ﻧﻔﺴ ﮫ ﻣﺜ ﻞ ﻣﻘ ﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﮭ ﺎ ﻋﻈ ﺎم ﻧﺘﻨ ﺔ‪ ،‬ھﻜ ﺬا‬
‫ﺑﯿﺘﮭﺎ ﻓﯿﮫ ھﻼك وﻣﻦ ﯾﺪﺧﻞ إﻟﯿﮭﺎ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻛﻞ ﻓﻜﺮه ﺑﺄﺧﯿﻠ ﺔ اﻟﻤ ﻮﺗﻲ وﻣ ﻦ ﯾ ﺪﺧﻞ إﻟﯿﮭ ﺎ ﯾﻤ ﻮت‬
‫أﺑﺪﯾﺎ وﻻ ﯾﺒﻠﻎ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة اﻷﺑﺪﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﮭ ﺬا ﯾﺆﻛ ﺪ اﻵﺑ ﺎء ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻋ ﺪم اﻟﺘﻮاﺟ ﺪ ﻣ ﻊ ﺷ ﺨﺺ وﻣﻜ ﺎن ارﺗﻜ ﺐ ﻓﯿ ﮫ ھ ﺬه اﻟﺨﻄﯿ ﺔ ﻟﻜ ﻲ‬
‫ﯾﺘﺪﺧﻞ اﷲ وﯾﺤﻠﮫ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﯿﻦ وﺗﺤﻔﻆ ﺳﺒﻞ اﻟﺼﺪﯾﻘﯿﻦ " ‪-:‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ اﻟﻤ ﺮأة اﻟﺰاﻧﯿ ﺔ ﺗﻘ ﻒ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن وﺗﺴ ﯿﺮه ﻓ ﻲ ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ اﻟﺼ ﺎﻟﺤﯿﻦ وﺳ ﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺼﺪﯾﻘﯿﻦ أي ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺬي ﺳﻠﻚ ﺑﮫ اﻷﻧﺒﯿﺎء واﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻓﮭ ﻲ ﻟﯿﺴ ﺖ ﺳ ﻠﺒﯿﺔ ﺗﺤﻔﻈ ﮫ ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫اﻷﺷﺮار واﻟﻤﺮأة اﻟﺰاﻧﯿﺔ ﺑﻞ إﯾﺠﺎﺑﯿﺔ ﻓﺘﺠﻌﻠﮫ ﯾﺴﯿﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺴﯿﻦ وﻣﺴﺎﻟﻜﮭﻢ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٥‬ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﺘﻠﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻷن اﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﻘﯿﻤﯿﻦ ﯾﺴ ﻜﻨﻮن اﻷرض واﻟﻜ ﺎﻣﻠﯿﻦ ﯾﺒﻘ ﻮن ﻓﯿﮭ ﺎ أﻣ ﺎ اﻷﺷ ﺮار‬
‫ﻓﯿﻨﻘﺮﺿﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻷرض واﻟﻐﺎدرون ﯾﺴﺘﺄﺻﻠﻮن ﻣﻨﮭﺎ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﮭﺪ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻢ وﻋﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻨﻲ إﺳﺮاﺋﯿﻞ واﻟﺴ ﺎﻟﻜﯿﻦ ﻓ ﻲ وﺻ ﺎﯾﺎ وﻧ ﺎﻣﻮس اﻟﻌﮭ ﺪ اﻟﻘ ﺪﯾﻢ أن‬
‫ﯾﺴﻜﻨﻮا أرض ﻛﻨﻌﺎن اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻔﯿﺾ ﻟﺒﻨﺎ وﻋﺴﻼ أﻣ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﮭ ﺪ اﻟﺠﺪﯾ ﺪ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﯾﻌ ﯿﺶ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬
‫اﻷرض ﻏﺮﯾ ﺐ ﻣﺘﺮﺟ ﻲ أرﺿ ﺎ ﺟﺪﯾ ﺪة وﺳ ﻤﺎءا ﺟﺪﯾ ﺪة ﯾﺴ ﻜﻦ ﻓﯿﮭ ﺎ اﻟﺒ ﺮ أﻣ ﺎ اﻷﺷ ﺮار ﻓ ﻼ‬
‫ﯾﻜﻮن ﻟﮭﻢ ﻧﺼﯿﺐ ﻓﯿﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺻـــــﺎﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠـــــــﻴــﺔ‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﯾ ﺎ اﺑﻨ ﻲ ﻻ ﺗ ﻨﺲ ﺷ ﺮﯾﻌﺘﻲ ﺑ ﻞ ﻟ ﯿﺤﻔﻆ ﻗﻠﺒ ﻚ وﺻ ﺎﯾﺎي ﻓﺈﻧﮭ ﺎ ﺗﺰﯾ ﺪك ﻃ ﻮل‬
‫أﯾﺎم وﺳﻨﻲ ﺣﯿﺎة وﺳﻼﻣﺔ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ ﺳ ﻠﯿﻤﺎن أو اﷲ )رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع اﻟﻤﺴ ﯿﺢ( ﻋ ﺪم ﻧﺴ ﯿﺎن اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ وھ ﻮ ﻋﻤ ﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺒﻲ ﺑﻌﺪم اﻻﻧﺸﻐﺎل ﻋﻦ اﷲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺄن ﻧﻌﻄﻲ اﷲ وﻗﺘ ﺎ ﻛ ﻞ ﯾ ﻮم ﺛ ﻢ ﻧﺘ ﺪرج‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻌﻄﯿﮫ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة ‪ ،‬واﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺟﮭﺔ اﻷﺑﻮة إذ ﯾﺪﻋﻮﻧﺎ أﺑﻨﺎء ﻟﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣ ﺎ ﻋ ﺪم ﻧﺴ ﯿﺎن اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ اﻹﯾﻤ ﺎﻧﻲ ھ ﻮ ﺣﻔﻈﮭ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ وﻣﻌﻨ ﻲ ﺣﻔﻈﮭ ﺎ أي ﺣﻔﻈﮭ ﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺔ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻓﺎﺳﺪة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻠﺐ أي ﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻠﮫ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺣﺐ وﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﷲ‪ ،‬وﻗﺪ ﯾﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻜﺮ أي ھﻮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﯿﮭﺎ ﻃﻮال اﻟﻮﻗﺖ واﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ھﻮ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ اﻟﻮﺻﺎﯾﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄة وﻛﺜﯿﺮا ﻣﺎ ﯾﺘﻤﯿﺰ أﺳﻠﻮب ﺳﻔﺮ اﻷﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓ ﺂت ھ ﻲ ازدﯾ ﺎد ﺳ ﻨﻲ اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة أي‬
‫اﻹﺛﻤﺎر اﻟﺮوﺣﻲ واﻻﻟﺘﺼﺎق ﺑﻤﺼﺪر اﻟﺤﯿﺎة رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع اﻟﺬي ﻗ ﺎل أﻧ ﺎ ھ ﻮ اﻟﻄﺮﯾ ﻖ واﻟﺤ ﻖ‬
‫واﻟﺤﯿﺎة وھﻮ ﻣﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة ﻷﻧﮫ ھﻨﺎ ﻃﻮل أﯾﺎم ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮت روﺣﻲ ﻓﺘﻜﻮن أﯾﺎم ﻣﻮت روﺣﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " -٢‬ﻻ ﺗ ﺪع اﻟﺮﺣﻤ ﺔ و اﻟﺤ ﻖ ﯾﺘﺮﻛﺎﻧ ﻚ ﺗﻘﻠ ﺪھﻤﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻋﻨﻘ ﻚ اﻛﺘﺒﮭﻤ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮح ﻗ ﻠﺒﻚ ﻓﺘﺠﺪ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ وﻓﻄﻨﺔ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ أﻋﯿﻦ اﷲ واﻟﻨﺎس " ‪-:‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ ھﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ اﻟﺤﺐ ﷲ واﻟﻨﺎس‪ ،‬واﻟﺤﻖ ھ ﻮ ﺻ ﻔﺔ اﻟﻌ ﺪل ﻣ ﻊ اﷲ واﻟﻨ ﺎس واﻟﺼ ﻔﺘﺎن‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻼزﻣﺘﺎن ﻓﺎﻟﺤﺐ ﺑﻼ ﻋﺪل ھﻮ ﻣﯿﻮﻋﺔ واﻟﻌﺪل ﺑﻼ ﺣﺐ ھﻮ ﻗﺴﻮة ھﺬا ﻣﻦ ﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻨﺎس‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ أن اﻟﺼ ﻔﺘﺎن ھﻤ ﺎ ﺻ ﻔﺘﺎ اﷲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻ ﺎ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ اﷲ اﷲ اﻻﺑ ﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻤ ﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺗﺼ ﻒ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع إذ ھﻤ ﺎ ﻛﻤﺜ ﻞ ﺑ ﺎﻗﻲ ﺻ ﻔﺎت اﷲ ﻏﯿ ﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﺼ ﻠﺔ وﺑﮭﻤ ﺎ ﺧﻠ ﺺ ﺟ ﻨﺲ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬إذ ﻟﺰﻣﺖ رﺣﻤﺘﮫ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺠﺴﺪ وﻓﺪاء اﻟﺒﺸﺮ وﻟﺰم ﻋﺪﻟﮫ أن ﯾﻘ ﺪم ذاﺗ ﮫ ذﺑﯿﺤ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﯿﺘﻢ ﻋﺪل اﷲ ﺿﺪ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ ﻓﻜﺎن اﻟﺘﺠﺴﺪ واﻟﻔﺪاء‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺬا ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﺼﻔﺎت اﷲ ﺟﺰﺋﯿ ﺎ أو ﻧﺴ ﺒﯿﺎ ﻧﺤ ﻦ ﻧﺸ ﺎرك رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﻤ ﻞ اﻷﻟ ﻢ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻ ﺎ أﻧ ﮫ ﻗ ﺎل ﺗﻘﻠ ﺪھﻤﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋﻨﻘ ﻚ ﻣﺜﻠﻤ ﺎ ﺗﻘﻠ ﺪھﻤﺎ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع وﺣﻤ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻋﻨﻘ ﮫ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻠﯿﺐ ھﻜﺬا ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﮭﻤﺎ أﺛﻘﺎل اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ وﻻ ﻧﺘﺮﻛﮭﻤﺎ أﺑ ﺪا أي ﻓﻀ ﯿﻠﺘﯿﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﯿ ﺎة ﻛﻠﮭ ﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺠﺎھﺪ ﻓﯿﮭﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫وداﺋﻤﺎ ﯾ ﺮﺑﻂ اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻋ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻ ﯿﺔ وﻋﻤﻠﮭ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ ﻓﻘ ﺎل اﻛﺘﺒﮭﻤ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻟ ﻮح ﻗﻠﺒ ﻚ أي‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﺟﻌﻠﮭﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻨﻔﯿﺬ وﺗﺄﻣﻞ وﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻌﺎدة اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄة ھﻲ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻟﺪي اﷲ وﻓﮭﻢ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ وﻟﺪي اﻟﻨﺎس أﯾﻀﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺍﻻﺗﻜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﺗﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺮب ﺑﻜﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ وﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﮭﻤﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺮﻗ ﻚ اﻋﺮﻓ ﮫ‬
‫وھﻮ ﯾﻘﻮم ﺳﺒﻠﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﻄﻠ ﺐ ﻣﻨ ﺎ اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ اﻻﺗﻜ ﺎل ﻋﻠ ﻲ اﻟ ﺮب ﻣ ﻦ ﻛ ﻞ اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ وھﻨ ﺎ ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ ) ﻛ ﻞ ( ﺗﻌﻨ ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ ﻛ ﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮك وﻓﻜﺮك وﻋﻤﻠﻚ وﻟﯿﺲ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ھ ﺬا أن اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﯾﺘﻮاﻛ ﻞ ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻻ ﯾﻌﺘﻤ ﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻓﻜ ﺮه‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻞ داﺋﻤﺎ ﯾﺴﺘﺸﯿﺮ اﷲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻞ أﻣ ﻮر ﺣﯿﺎﺗ ﮫ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻜﺒﯿ ﺮة واﻟﺼ ﻐﯿﺮة ﻷﻧ ﮫ ﻛﻤ ﺎ ارﺗﻔﻌ ﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻤﻮات ﻋﻦ اﻷرض ھﻜﺬا ارﺗﻔﻊ ﻓﻜﺮ اﷲ ﻋ ﻦ ﻓﻜﺮﻧ ﺎ‪ ،‬وﻧﻘ ﯿﺲ ﻛ ﻞ ﻋﻤ ﻞ أو ﺧﻄ ﻮة ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫وﺻﺎﯾﺎ اﷲ ﻓﻨﻌﺮف ﻣﺸﯿﺌﺘﮫ وﻧﺘﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ ﺟﯿﺪا‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﯾﺤﺜﻨﺎ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﷲ أي ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﷲ ﻟﯿﺲ ﻧﻈﺮﯾﺎ أو ﻓﻜﺮﯾﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﯿ ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻻﺗﺤﺎد ﻓﺈن وﺻﺎﯾﺎ اﻟﺮب ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﺎرﺟﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﮭﺪ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﻢ ﺻَﻌُﺐ ﻋﻠ ﯿﮭﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﯿ ﺬھﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎن ھﻨﺎك ﺻﺮاع ﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺮﯾﺪه اﻹﻧﺴﺎن وﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺮﯾ ﺪه اﷲ اﻟ ﺬي ھ ﻮ ﻟﻤﺼ ﻠﺤﺔ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﻜﻦ اﻟﺮوح اﻟﻘﺪس ﻓﯿﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺧﻼل اﻟﻤﻌﻤﻮدﯾﺔ وﺳﺮ اﻟﻤﯿﺮون ﺻﺎر ھﻮ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻓﯿﻨﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﷲ إذ اﻟ ﺮوح ﯾﻌ ﺮف ﻛ ﻞ ﺷ ﻲء ﺣﺘ ﻰ أﺳ ﺮار اﷲ ﻓﮭ ﻮ اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﺮﺷ ﺪﻧﺎ وﯾﻌﺮﻓﻨ ﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻲ اﷲ وﻣﺸﯿﺌﺘﮫ ﻓﯿﻨﺎ ﻓﺘﻜﻮن ﺳﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻤﺔ وﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻠﺘﻮﯾﺔ أو ﻣﻌﻮﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻻ ﺗﻜــﻦ ﺣﻜﻴﻤــﺎ ﻋﻨــﺪ ﻧﻔﺴــﻚ ﻭﺍﺑﻌــﺪ ﻋــﻦ ﺍﻟﺸــﺮ ﺗﺸــﻔﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴــﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺎ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺣﻜﯿﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﯿﻨﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ اﺗﻖ اﻟﺮب واﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺮ ﻓﯿﻜ ﻮن ﺷ ﻔﺎء‬
‫ﻟﺴﺮﺗﻚ وﺳﻘﺎء ﻟﻌﻈﺎﻣﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺤ ﺚ اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن أن ﯾﺒﻌ ﺪ ﻋ ﻦ ﺣﻜﻤﺘ ﮫ اﻟﺬاﺗﯿ ﺔ أو اﻟ ﺬات واﻟﻜﺒﺮﯾ ﺎء اﻟ ﺬي ﯾ ﺆدي إﻟ ﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﻀﺎع ﺣﻘﯿﻘﻲ ﯾﺪﻋﻮ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺮ ھﺬه ھﻲ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘﯿ ﺔ وذﻟ ﻚ‬
‫ﯾﺠﻌﻞ ﺷﻔﺎء ﻟﺴﺮﺗﻚ وﻋﻈﺎﻣﻚ أي ﺷﻔﺎء ﻷﻓﻜﺎرﻧﺎ )ﺳﺮﺗﻚ( وإﯾﻤﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻷﻧﮫ ﻛﺜﯿﺮا ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺒﺮ ﻋ ﻦ‬
‫اﻹﯾﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻈﺎم‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وإن ﻛﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﺴ ﺮة ھ ﻲ ﺗﻤﺜ ﻞ ﻣﺮﺣﻠ ﺔ اﻟﺠﻨ ﯿﻦ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﻄ ﻦ أﻣ ﮫ واﻟﻌﻈ ﺎم ھ ﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠ ﺔ اﻟﻘ ﻮة‬
‫واﻟﻜﻤﺎل ﻓﺎﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸ ﺮ وﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺬاﺗﯿ ﺔ ھ ﻮ ﻛ ﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﻤﻮﻧ ﺎ إن ﻛﻨ ﺎ ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻟﺠﻨ ﯿﻦ أو‬
‫أﻗﻮﯾﺎء ﻓﮭﻮ ﯾﺰﯾﺪﻧﺎ ﻗﻮة‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬أﻛﺮم اﻟﺮب ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ و ﻣ ﻦ ﻛ ﻞ ﺑ ﺎﻛﻮرات ﻏﻠﺘ ﻚ ﻓﺘﻤﺘﻠ ﺊ ﺧﺰاﺋﻨ ﻚ ﺷ ﺒﻌﺎ‪،‬‬
‫وﺗﻔﯿﺾ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮك ﻣﺴﻄﺎرا " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﻋﻦ إﻛﺮام اﷲ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﻮال أي إﻋﻄﺎء اﻟﻔﻘﺮاء ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻨﺎ وأﯾﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻛﻮراﺗﻨ ﺎ‬
‫أي أول ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﻟﻐﻠﺔ اﻷرض ﯾﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﺮب‪ ،‬وھﺬه اﻟﻮﺻﺎﯾﺎ ﺳﺎرﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﮭ ﺪ اﻟﺠﺪﯾ ﺪ ﻋﻠ ﻲ‬
‫أﺳﺎس أول ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﺮب وأول ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ھﻮ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﯿﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وھﺬا ﻛﺎن ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﮭ ﺪ اﻟﻘ ﺪﯾﻢ ﻟ ﮫ ﻋﯿ ﺪ ﯾﺴ ﻤﻲ ﻋﯿ ﺪ اﻟﺒ ﺎﻛﻮرات وھ ﻮ ﺑ ﺎﻛﻮرة اﻟﻤﺤﺎﺻ ﯿﻞ ﺑﻌ ﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺼﺢ ﺛﻢ ﯾﺄﺗﻲ ﻋﯿﺪ اﻟﺨﻤﺴﯿﻦ وھﻮ ﻋﯿﺪ اﻟﺤﺼﺎد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﻟﺒﺎﻛﻮرات ھﻲ ﺗُﺒﺎرك اﻟﻤﺤﺼﻮل ﻛﻠﮫ أي ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﺒﻜﻮر ﷲ ﯾﺘﺒ ﺎرك ﻛ ﻞ ﺷ ﻲء ﻟ ﺪﯾﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻟﮭﺬا ﺳُﻤﻲ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع اﻟﺒﻜﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺜﯿﺮة ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﻮات أي أول‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎم ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﻮات أو أﻗﺎم ﻧﻔﺴﮫ ﻓﺈﻧﻨ ﺎ ﺳ ﻨﻘﻮم ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﺑﻘ ﻮة اﷲ‪ ،‬وﻣﻌﻨ ﻲ آﺧ ﺮ ھ ﻮ أن رﺑﻨ ﺎ‬
‫ﯾﺴﻮع أﻋﻠﻲ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺴ ﺘﻮي اﻟﺒﺸ ﺮ اﻟﻤﺨﻠ ﻮﻗﯿﻦ ﻓ ﺈن ﻛ ﺎن ھ ﻮ ﺗﺠﺴ ﺪ ﻟﻜﻨ ﮫ اﺑ ﻦ اﷲ اﻟﻜﻠﻤ ﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫وﻣﻌﻨﻲ آﺧﺮ أﻧﮫ ھﻮ ﻣﺼﺪر ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ وﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻟﺤﯿﺎﺗﻨﺎ اﻟﺮوﺣﯿﺔ واﻟﻤﺎدﯾﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓ ﺄة ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟ ﺮب ھ ﻲ اﻣ ﺘﻼء ﻣﺨ ﺎزن اﻟﻐﻠ ﺔ واﻣ ﺘﻼء ﻣﻌﺎﺻ ﺮ اﻟﻤﺴ ﻄﺎر أي اﻟﻌﻨ ﺐ‬
‫وھﺬا إﺷﺎرة داﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﺒﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻐ ﻼت اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺸ ﯿﺮ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻘﻤ ﺢ واﻟﻤﺴ ﻄﺎر ﻋﻠ ﻲ اﻷﺧ ﺺ ﻷﻧﮭﻤ ﺎ‬
‫ﯾﺸﯿﺮان إﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﺪ ودم رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﻓﻲ ﺳﺮ اﻹﻓﺨﺎرﺳﺘﯿﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﻣﻦ ﻗ‪‬ﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﯾ ﺎ اﺑﻨ ﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻘ ﺮ ﺗﺄدﯾ ﺐ اﻟ ﺮب وﻻ ﺗﻜ ﺮه ﺗﻮﺑﯿﺨ ﮫ ﻷن اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﺤﺒ ﮫ ا ﻟ ﺮب‬
‫ﯾﺆدﺑﮫ وﻛﺄب ﺑﺎﺑﻦ ﯾﺴﺮ ﺑﮫ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﯾﺸﺮح ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ھﺬه اﻵﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ )ﻋﺐ‪ (٨ -٥ :١٢‬وﯾﻮﺿﺢ اﻵﺗﻲ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ .١‬أن اﷲ ﻣﺤﺐ ﻓﮭﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﺘﮫ ﯾﺆدب ﺑﻨﯿﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬اﻟﺘﺄدﯾﺐ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺒﻨﻮة وﻋﺪم اﻟﺘﺄدﯾﺐ ﯾﻜﻮن ﻟﻠﻨﻐﻮل )اﻷﺑﻨﺎء اﻟﻐﯿﺮ ﺷﺮﻋﯿﯿﻦ( ﻻ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﯿﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻻ ﻧﺨﻮر ﻓﻲ ﺗﻮﺑﯿﺦ اﻟﺮب ﻟﻨﺎ أو ﺗﺄدﯾﺒﮫ ﺑﻞ ﻧﺸﻜﺮه ﻋﻠﻲ ھﺬا‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄدﯾﺒﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﻘﻮل اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺲ إﻛﻠﯿﻤﻨﺪس اﻟﺴﻜﻨﺪري ھﻮ إﺣﻀﺎر اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ أﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﺘﻜﻮن ﻟﺘﺄدﯾﺒﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﮭﺬا ﻗﺎل أﻟﯿﻔﺎز اﻟﺘﯿﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻷﯾﻮب "ھﻮ ﯾﺠﺮح وﯾﻌﺼﺐ" )أي‪.(١٩ -١٧ :٥‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺬي ﯾﺨﺪم ﯾﻌﺪد ﻧﻔﺴﮫ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎرب )ﺳﯿﺮاخ‪.(١١ :١‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﮭﻨﺎك ﺗﺄدﯾﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﻄﺎﯾﺎﻧﺎ وھﻨﺎك ﺗﺄدﯾﺐ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﺨﺎخ اﻟﺸﯿﻄﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪ - ٧‬ﻣﻦ ﳚﺪ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﳚﺪ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺎﺕ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻃ ﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻺﻧﺴ ﺎن اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﺠ ﺪ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ وﻟﻠﺮﺟ ﻞ اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﻨ ﺎل اﻟﻔﮭ ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻷن‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎرﺗﮭﺎ ﺧﯿﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺠﺎرة اﻟﻔﻀ ﺔ ورﺑﺤﮭ ﺎ ﺧﯿ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺬھﺐ اﻟﺨ ﺎﻟﺺ ‪ ،‬ھ ﻲ‬
‫أﺛﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻶﻟ ﺊ وﻛ ﻞ ﺟ ﻮاھﺮك ﻻ ﺗﺴ ﺎوﯾﮭﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﻲ ﯾﻤﯿﻨﮭ ﺎ ﻃ ﻮل أﯾ ﺎم وﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﯾﺴﺎرھﺎ اﻟﻐﻨﻰ واﻟﻤﺠﺪ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣَﺠَ ﺪ ﺳ ﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺴ ﻤﺎﺋﯿﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺑﮭ ﺎ ﻧﻜ ﻮن أﺑﻨ ﺎء ﷲ اﻵب ﺑﻮاﺳ ﻄﺔ أﻗﻨ ﻮم‬
‫اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﮭ ﻲ أﻓﻀ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﺠ ﺎرة اﻟﻔﻀ ﺔ ورﺑﺤﮭ ﺎ ﺧﯿ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺬھﺐ ﻻن اﻟﻔﻀ ﺔ واﻟ ﺬھﺐ ﯾﺴ ﺮﻗﺎن‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻠﺼﻮص أﻣﺎ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﮭ ﻲ ﺗﻜ ﻮن داﺧ ﻞ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن‪ ،‬ﻛ ﺎن ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻨ ﺎ ﺑﻄ ﺮس وﯾﻮﺣﻨ ﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﺄﻗﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﺑﺎب اﻟﺠﻤﯿﻞ )أع‪ (٦ :٣‬وﻟﻢ ﯾﻜﻦ ﻟﮭﻤﺎ ﻓﻀﺔ وﻻ ذھ ﺐ ﻓ ﺈن إﻗﺎﻣ ﺔ ﻣﻘﻌ ﺪ‬
‫أﻓﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ أﺛﻤﻦ ﻟ ﯿﺲ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺬھﺐ واﻟﻔﻀ ﺔ وﺣﺴ ﺐ ﺑ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻶﻟ ﺊ وﺟ ﻮاھﺮ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺎوي ﺣﻜﻤﺔ اﷲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻌﻄﯿﮭﺎ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎن‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﻤﯿﻨﮭﺎ ﻃ ﻮل أﯾ ﺎم أي ﻣﺠ ﺪ أﺑ ﺪي وﯾﺴ ﺎرھﺎ ﻏﻨ ﻲ وﻣﺠ ﺪ زﻣﻨ ﻲ وﻟﮭ ﺬا ﺗﻘ ﻮل اﻟﻌ ﺮوس ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﺳ ﻔﺮ اﻟﻨﺸ ﯿﺪ ﺷ ﻤﺎﻟﮫ )ﯾﺴ ﺎره( ﺗﺤ ﺖ رأﺳ ﻲ وﯾﻤﯿﻨ ﮫ ﺗﻌ ﺎﻧﻘﻨﻲ إذ اﻟﯿﻤ ﯿﻦ ھ ﻲ رﺟﺎؤﻧ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺤﯿﺎة اﻷﺑﺪﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﻟﯿﻤ ﯿﻦ أﯾﻀ ﺎ ﺗﻌﻨ ﻲ اﻟﺨ ﻼص واﻟﯿﺴ ﺎر ھ ﻮ ارﺗﻔ ﺎع اﻷﻋ ﺪاء ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺠ ﺪھﻢ اﻟﺰﻣﻨ ﻲ ﻣﺜ ﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻮن ﻟﻜﻦ أﺑﯿﺪ ﺑﯿﻤﯿﻦ اﻟﺮب ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ )ﺧﺮ‪.(١٥‬‬
‫‪ - ٨‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺒﻄﺔ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻃﺮﻗﮭ ﺎ ﻃ ﺮق ﻧﻌ ﻢ وﻛ ﻞ ﻣﺴ ﺎﻟﻜﮭﺎ ﺳ ﻼ م ‪ ،‬ھ ﻲ ﺷ ﺠﺮة ﺣﯿ ﺎة ﻟﻤﻤﺴ ﻜﯿﮭﺎ‬
‫واﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﮭﺎ ﻣﻐﺒﻮط " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻮ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﷲ ﻷن اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أﯾﻀ ﺎ ﻧﻌﻤ ﺔ واﻟﻨﻌﻤ ﺔ ھ ﻲ ﻋﻤ ﻞ اﷲ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎن وھﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﺴ ﻼم‪ ،‬داﺋﻤ ﺎ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟ ﻨﻌﻢ إﺣﺴ ﺎس ﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﻼم ﺳ ﻼم ﺣﻘﯿﻘ ﻲ ﻣ ﻊ اﻟ ﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫وﻣﻊ اﷲ وﻣﻊ اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺷﺠﺮة اﻟﺤﯿﺎة ھﻲ ﻛﻨﺰ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع اﻟﻤﺴ ﯿﺢ إذ ﯾﻌﻄ ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ ﯾﻤﺴ ﻜﮭﺎ أي اﻟﻤﺠﺎھ ﺪﯾﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛﺎت ﻛﻞ ﯾﻮم ﻓﻤﻦ ﯾُﺠﺎھﺪ ﯾُﻜﺎﻓﺄ ﻓﮭﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺣﯿﺎة أﺑﺪﯾﺔ ﻷن ﺷ ﺠﺮة اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة ھ ﻲ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺖ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮدوس اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ وﺳﻄﮫ وﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺮدوس اﻟﺴﻤﺎوي )رؤ‪.(٢٢ :٢١‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺷﺠﺮة اﻟﺤﯿﺎة ﺗﺸﯿﺮ إﻟﻰ ﺳﺮ اﻹﻓﺨﺎرﺳﺘﯿﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪ - ٩‬ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻘﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ " ‬اﻟ ﺮب ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ أﺳ ﺲ اﻷرض اﺛﺒ ﺖ اﻟﺴ ﻤﺎوات ﺑ ﺎﻟﻔﮭﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻠﻤ ﮫ اﻧﺸ ﻘﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻠﺠﺞ وﺗﻘﻄﺮ اﻟﺴﺤﺎب ﻧﺪى " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ ھﻨﺎ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﺴﺪة وھﻮ أﻗﻨﻮم اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﻓﮭ ﻮ اﻟ ﺬي‬
‫أﺳ ﺲ اﻷرض وھ ﻮ ﻣﻨ ﺬ اﻷزل‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈذا ﻛ ﺎن اﻵب ﯾﻨﺒ ﻮع اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ )إر‪ (١٣ :٢‬ﻓ ﺎﻻﺑﻦ ھ ﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻣﺘﺪﻓﻘ ﺔ ﻣﻨ ﺬ اﻷزل ﻛﻤ ﺎ ﻗ ﺎل اﻟﻘ ﺪﯾﺲ أﺛﻨﺎﺳ ﯿﻮس اﻟﺮﺳ ﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬وھ ﻮ اﻟ ﺬي ﺛﺒ ﺖ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻤﻮات اﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﻄﯿﻮر واﻟﻜﻮاﻛﺐ واﻟﻔﺮدوس وﺳﻤﺎء اﻟﺴﻤﻮات‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌﻠﻤ ﮫ أي أﯾﻀ ﺎ ﺑﺤﻜﻤﺘ ﮫ اﻧﺸ ﻘﺖ اﻟﻠﺠ ﺞ‪ ،‬ﻛ ﺎن ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺨﻠ ﻖ اﻟﺒﺤ ﺮ ﻣﺠﻤ ﻊ واﺣ ﺪ واﻷرض‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤ ﻊ واﺣ ﺪ ﻓﺘﻮزﻋ ﺖ اﻟﻠﺠ ﺞ أي اﻟﺒﺤ ﺎر إﻟ ﻰ أﺟ ﺰاء وأﯾﻀ ﺎ ﺣ ﺪث ھ ﺬا ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﺒ ﻮر اﻟﺒﺤ ﺮ‬
‫اﻷﺣﻤﺮ إذ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺮوح اﻟﻘﺪس اﻧﺸﻖ اﻟﺒﺤﺮ اﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وھﻮ اﻟﺬي دﺑﺮ ﺑﺤﻜﻤﺘ ﮫ اﻟﻤﺨﻠﻮﻗ ﺎت ﻣ ﻦ ﺑﺨ ﺎر ﻣ ﺎء ﯾﺘﺼ ﺎﻋﺪ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺒﺤ ﺎر وﯾﺘﻜﺜ ﻒ ﻟﯿﺼ ﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺳﺤﺎب ﺛﻢ ﯾﺼﺒﺢ ﻧ ﺪي أو ﻣﻄ ﺮ واﻟﻨ ﺪي ﯾﻨﺘﺠ ﮫ ﻓ ﺮق درﺟ ﺎت اﻟﺤ ﺮارة ﺑ ﯿﻦ اﻟﻠﯿ ﻞ واﻟﻨﮭ ﺎر‬
‫ﻓﯿﻜﻮن ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪاﯾﺔ اﻟﺼﺒﺎح‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٠‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﯾﺎ اﺑﻨﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺒﺮح ھ ﺬه ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﯿﻨﯿ ﻚ اﺣﻔ ﻆ اﻟ ﺮأي واﻟﺘ ﺪﺑﯿﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﯿﻜﻮﻧ ﺎ ﺣﯿ ﺎة‬
‫ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻚ وﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﻨﻘﻚ ‪ ،‬ﺣﯿﻨﺌﺬ ﺗ ﺴﻠﻚ ﻓ ﻲ ﻃﺮﯾﻘ ﻚ آﻣﻨ ﺎ وﻻ ﺗﻌﺜ ﺮ رﺟﻠ ﻚ ‪ ،‬إذا‬
‫اﺿﻄﺠﻌﺖ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺨﺎف ﺑﻞ ﺗﻀﻄﺠﻊ وﯾﻠﺬ ﻧﻮﻣ ﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺨ ﺶ ﻣ ﻦ ﺧ ﻮف ﺑﺎﻏ ﺖ‬
‫وﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮاب اﻷﺷﺮار إذا ﺟﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻷن اﻟﺮب ﯾﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪك وﯾﺼﻮن رﺟﻠ ﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ أن ﺗﺆﺧﺬ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻃﺎﻟﺒﻨ ﺎ اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ ﺑﺤﻔ ﻆ اﻟ ﺮأي واﻟﺘ ﺪﺑﯿﺮ ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﯿﻨ ﺎ اﻟ ﺬﯾﻦ ھ ﻢ آﺑ ﺎء اﻟﻜﻨﯿﺴ ﺔ وﻗﺪﯾﺴ ﯿﮭﺎ اﻟ ﺬﯾﻦ‬
‫اﺧﺘﺒﺮوا ﻛﻞ دروب اﻟﺠﮭﺎد واﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ وأﯾﻀﺎ وﺻ ﺎﯾﺎ اﷲ ﻷن ﻓ ﻲ ذﻟ ﻚ ﺣﯿ ﺎة روﺣﯿ ﺔ ﻟﻠ ﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﺒﺘﮭﺠﺔ وﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﻨﻘﻚ أي ﻣﺠﺪا ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻮﺻﺎﯾﺎ واﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﯾﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻲ أﻣﺎن وﯾﺘﺠﺎوز ﻛ ﻞ اﻟﻌﺜ ﺮات ﻣﮭﻤ ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧ ﺖ‪،‬‬
‫وﺗﺠﻌﻞ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻻ ﯾﺨﺎف‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إن ﻧﺎم ﻻ ﯾﺨﺎف إذ اﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﯾﺨ ﺎف أن ﯾﻨ ﺎم ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻻ ﯾﺘﻼﻗ ﻲ ﻣ ﻊ ﻧﻔﺴ ﮫ إذ ﯾ ﺮي أﻋﻤﺎﻗ ﮫ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫أﺣﻼﻣﮫ وﻗﺪ ﯾﺨﺎف ﻣﻨﮭﺎ ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﺬي ﻟﮫ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﺠﻌ ﻞ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﯾﺘﻠ ﺬذ ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﻮﻣ ﮫ‪ ،‬وﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻌﻨ ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮت إذ ﯾﺠﺪ راﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺗﮫ ھﻜﺬا ﻋﺒﺮ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺲ أوﻏﺴﻄﯿﻨﻮس ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﻮﺗﻲ ﻛ ﺄﻧﮭﻢ ﻧﯿ ﺎم‬
‫ﻓﻤﻨﮭﻢ ﻣﻦ ﯾﺤﻠﻢ ﺑ ﺄﺣﻼم ﺟﯿ ﺪة وﻣ ﻨﮭﻢ ﻣ ﻦ ﯾﺤﻠ ﻢ ﺑ ﺄﺣﻼم ﺳ ﯿﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ھﻜ ﺬا ﻋﺒ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟ ﺬﯾﻦ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮدوس واﻟﺬﯾﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺠﺤﯿﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﯾﺨﺸﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮاب اﻷﺷﺮار ﻷن اﻟﺮب ﯾﻜﻮن ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪه وﯾﺼﻮن ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻚ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺸ ﺮ‬
‫ﺑ ﻞ ﯾﺠﻌﻠ ﮫ داﺋﻤ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﺎﻟ ﺔ ﺗﻮﺑ ﺔ وﻻ ﺗﺆﺧ ﺬ أي ﺗﺆﺧ ﺬ ﻓ ﻲ ﻓﺨ ﺎخ اﻟﺸ ﺮ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻨﺼ ﺒﮭﺎ ﻟﻨ ﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺸﯿﺎﻃﯿﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١١‬ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻻ ﺗﻤﻨﻊ اﻟﺨﯿ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦ أھﻠ ﮫ ﺣ ﯿﻦ ﯾﻜ ﻮن ﻓ ﻲ ﻃﺎﻗ ﺔ ﯾ ﺪك أن ﺗﻔﻌﻠ ﮫ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘ ﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻚ اذھﺐ وﻋﺪ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﯿﻚ ﻏ ﺪا وﻣﻮﺟ ﻮد ﻋﻨ ﺪك ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺘ ﺮع ﺷ ﺮا ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻚ وھﻮ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻟﺪﯾﻚ آﻣﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺎﺻ ﻢ إﻧﺴ ﺎﻧﺎ ﺑ ﺪون ﺳ ﺒﺐ إن ﻟ ﻢ ﯾﻜ ﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺻﻨﻊ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺷﺮا " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬اﻟﻌﻄﺎء ‪ :‬اﻋﺘﺒﺮ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ أن اﻟﻤﺎل اﻟ ﺬي ﻟ ﺪﯾﻨﺎ ﻟ ﯿﺲ ﻣﻠ ﻚ ﻟﻨ ﺎ ﺑ ﻞ ھ ﻮ ھﺒ ﺔ ﻓﯿﺠ ﺐ أن ﻧﻜ ﻮن‬
‫ﺣﺮاس أﻣﻨﺎء ﻟﮭﺎ ﻓﻠﮭﺬا ﯾﺠ ﺐ أن ﯾﻜ ﻮن ﻟﻠﻔﻘ ﺮاء واﻟﻤﺤﺘ ﺎﺟﯿﻦ ﺣﻘ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻨ ﺎ ﻟﮭ ﺬا ﻗ ﺎل ﻋ ﻨﮭﻢ‬
‫أھﻠﮫ أي ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻘﻲ اﻟﻤﺎل أو اﻟﻌﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺼﺤﻨﺎ أن ﻻ ﻧﺆﺟ ﻞ ﻷﻧﻨ ﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻀ ﻤﻦ ﻏ ﺪا ‪ ،‬ﻗ ﺪ ﻧﻤ ﻮت ﻧﺤ ﻦ أو اﻟﻤﺤﺘ ﺎﺟﯿﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﻤ ﺎ ﻟ ﺪﯾﻨﺎ ﻣ ﺎ‬
‫ﯾﺤﺘﺎﺟﻮن‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻼت ‪ :‬ﻧﺼﺤﻨﺎ أن ﻻ ﻧﺨﺘﺮع ﺷﺮا ﻋﻠﻲ اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻧﻜﻮن ﻛ ﺬاﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻟﺸ ﯿﻄﺎن إذ‬
‫ھﻮ ﻛﺬاب أﺑﻮ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺬاب وﻧﻈﻠﻢ اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ وﻧﻜﻮن ﻏﯿﺮ أﻣﻨﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼﻣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺼﺤﻨﺎ أن ﻻ ﻧﺨﺎﺻﻢ إﻧﺴﺎن ﺑﺪون ﺳﺒﺐ وﻗﺎل إذ ﻟﻢ ﯾﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺷﺮ ھﺬا ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﮭ ﺪ اﻟﻘ ﺪﯾﻢ‬
‫ﻋﮭﺪ اﻟﻨ ﺎﻣﻮس ﻋ ﯿﻦ ﺑﻌ ﯿﻦ وﺳ ﻦ ﺑﺴ ﻦ ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻧﺤ ﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع أن ﻧﺤ ﺐ ﺣﺘ ﻰ‬
‫اﻷﻋﺪاء ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﺤﺘﺮس ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺴﺒﺒﻮن ﻟﻨﺎ اﻟﻌﺜﺮات‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٢‬ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻻ ﺗﺤﺴ ﺪ اﻟﻈ ﺎﻟﻢ وﻻ ﺗﺨﺘ ﺮ ﺷ ﯿﺌﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻃﺮﻗ ﮫ ‪ ،‬ﻷن اﻟﻤﻠﺘ ﻮي رﺟ ﺲ ﻋﻨ ﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺮب أﻣﺎ ﺳﺮه ﻓﻌﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﯿﻤﯿﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﻨﺔ اﻟﺮب ﻓﻲ ﺑﯿﺖ اﻟﺸﺮﯾﺮ ﻟﻜﻨ ﮫ ﯾﺒ ﺎرك‬
‫ﻣﺴ ﻜﻦ اﻟﺼ ﺪﯾﻘﯿﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤ ﺎ أﻧ ﮫ ﯾﺴ ﺘﮭﺰئ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴ ﺘﮭﺰﺋﯿﻦ ھﻜ ﺬا ﯾﻌﻄ ﻲ ﻧﻌﻤ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻮاﺿﻌﯿﻦ ‪ ،‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎء ﯾﺮﺛﻮن ﻣﺠﺪا واﻟﺤﻤﻘﻰ ﯾﺤﻤﻠﻮن ھﻮاﻧﺎ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺼﻒ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷوﺻﺎف ﻟﻸﺷﺮار وﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﮭﺎ ﻟﻸﺑﺮار‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﺷﺮار ھ ﻢ اﻟﻈ ﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﺮ‪،‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﺰئ‪ ،‬اﻷﺣﻤﻖ‪ ،‬واﻷﺑﺮار ھﻢ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ‪ ،‬اﻟﺼﺪﯾﻖ‪ ،‬اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﺿﻊ‪ ،‬اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻈ ﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺮﻗ ﮫ ﻣﻠﺘﻮﯾ ﺔ وھ ﻮ رﺟ ﺲ ﻋﻨ ﺪ اﻟ ﺮب ﻓ ﻼ ﻧﺤﺴ ﺪه إذن ﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻧﺠﻤ ﮫ ﻷﻧ ﮫ ﺳ ﺮﯾﻌﺎ‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﻘﻂ أﻣﺎ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﯿﻤﯿﻦ ﻓﻠﮭﻢ ﺳﺮ اﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﮭﻢ وأﻓﻜﺎرھﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺒ ﺎرك اﻟ ﺮب ﻣﺴ ﻜﻦ اﻟﺼ ﺪﯾﻘﯿﻦ ﻛﻤ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﺤﺐ اﷲ ﺑﺮﻛﺘ ﮫ ﻣ ﻦ ﺑﯿ ﺖ اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﯾﺴ ﻤﯿﮭﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﻷن اﷲ ﻻ ﯾﻠﻌﻦ أﺣﺪ ﺑﻞ ﯾﺴﺤﺐ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﮫ ﻣﻨﮫ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﺰﺋﻮن ھﻢ ﻣﺘﻜﺒﺮون ﻟ ﯿﺲ ﻟﮭ ﻢ ھ ﺪف ﺳ ﻮي ﻋ ﺪم اﻟﻤﺤﺒ ﺔ أﻣ ﺎ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﺿ ﻌﻮن ﯾﺠ ﺪوا‬
‫ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺮب ﯾﻌﻄﯿﮭﺎ ﻟﮭﻢ إذ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ اﷲ ﻣﻌﮭﻢ وﻻ ﯾﻨﻈﺮ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﮭﺰﺋﯿﻦ ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ ﯾﻌﻄﯿ ﮫ اﷲ واﻟﻨ ﺎس ﻣﺠ ﺪا أﻣ ﺎ اﻷﺣﻤ ﻖ ﯾ ﺮث ھﻮاﻧ ﺎ وﺳ ﺨﺮﯾﺔ ﺳ ﻮاء ﻣ ﻦ اﷲ أو‬
‫اﻟﻨﺎس‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻤــﺔ ﺍﳚﺎﺑﻴـــﺎﹰ ﻭﺳﻠﺒﻴــــﺎ ً‬

‫‪ -١‬اﻟﺤﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻗﺘﻨﺎء اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬


‫‪ " ‬اﺳ ﻤﻌﻮا أﯾﮭ ﺎ اﻟﺒﻨ ﻮن ﺗﺄدﯾ ﺐ اﻟ ﺮب‪ ،‬واﺻ ﻐﻮا إﻟ ﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻟﻔﮭ ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧ ﻲ‬
‫أﻋﻄ ﯿﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﯿﻤ ﺎ ﺻ ﺎﻟﺤﺎ ﻓ ﻼ ﺗﺘﺮﻛ ﻮا ﺷ ﺮﯾﻌﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈﻧﻲ ﻛﻨ ﺖ اﺑﻨ ﺎ ﻷﺑ ﻲ ﻏﻀ ﺎ‬
‫ووﺣﯿﺪا ﻋﻨﺪ أﻣﻲ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﯾﺪﻋﻮ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ اﻟﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺮﯾﺪ أن ﯾﻌﻠﻤﮭﻢ ﺑﻨﻮن ﻟﮫ ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﺠﺪ ﻃﺮﯾﻘﺎ إﻟﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﮭﻢ ﻓﯿﻄﯿﻌﻮا‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﻠﻤﮭﻢ ﺑﮫ‪.‬‬
‫وﻟﻜ ﻲ ﯾﻜﻮﻧ ﻮا أﻛﺜ ﺮ اﻧﺘﺒﺎھ ﺎ ﯾﺄﺧ ﺬ ﻧﻔﺴ ﮫ ﻛﻤﺜ ﻞ أﻧ ﮫ ﻛ ﺎن اﺑﻨ ﺎ ﻷﺑﯿ ﮫ وأﻣ ﮫ وﻛ ﺎن ﯾﺴ ﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻤﮭﻢ إﯾﺎه‪.‬‬
‫وأﻧ ﺖ ﻣﺠﻤ ﻞ وھ ﺪف اﻟﺘﻌﻠ ﯿﻢ ھ ﻮ أن ﺗﻌﻠ ﻢ ﻣﺨﺎﻓ ﺔ وﺗﺄدﯾ ﺐ اﻟ ﺮب وﻣﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻹﺻ ﻐﺎء إﻟ ﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ إذ ﻛﺎن ﻋﻨﺪه ﻧﻌﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ أراد أن ﯾﺠﻌﻠﮭﺎ ﺗﺜﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﺎة اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬وﻛﺎن ﯾﺮﯾﻨﻲ وﯾﻘﻮل ﻟﻲ ﻟﯿﻀﺒﻂ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﻛﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬اﺣﻔﻆ وﺻﺎﯾﺎي ﻓﺘﺤﯿﺎ اﻗﺘﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬اﻗﺘﻦ اﻟﻔﮭﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﻲ وﻻ ﺗﻌﺮض ﻋﻦ ﻛﻠﻤﺎت ﻓﻤﻲ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺻﺎﯾﺎ أﺑﻮه ﻟﮫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﯿﻀﺒﻂ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﻛﻼﻣﻲ أي أن اﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﯾﺘﺤﻔﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺻﺎﯾﺎ أﺑﻮه ﻓﯿﻜﻮن ﻟﮫ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﻔﻆ وﻋ ﺪم ﻧﺴ ﯿﺎن اﻟﻮﺻ ﺎﯾﺎ وﻋﻠ ﻲ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ واﻟﻔﮭ ﻢ ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﺑﮭ ﺪف اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة ﻟﻜ ﻦ‬
‫ﯾﺠﻌﻞ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﯿﺔ أي اﻵن ﻧﺤﻔﻆ وﻧﺴﻤﻊ وﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة اﻷﺑﺪﯾ ﺔ ھ ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺤﯿﺎة اﻷﺑﺪﯾﺔ ذاﺗﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﮭﺎ ﻓﺘﺤﻔﻈﻚ ‪ ،‬أﺣﺒﺒﮭﺎ ﻓﺘﺼﻮﻧﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ھﻨﺎ ﯾﺸﺨﺺ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻛﺸﺨﺺ إذ ھﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﯿ ﺮ ﻋ ﻦ أﻗﻨ ﻮم اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع ﻓﻌﻠﯿﻨ ﺎ اﻗﺘﻨ ﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﮭﺪف ھﻮ أن ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺤﺐ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﯾﺲ اﻟﺴﻤﺎوي رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع ﻷن اﻟﺤ ﺐ ﻟ ﮫ‬
‫ھﻮ ﺛﻮب اﻟﻌﺮس ﻓﻜﯿﻒ ﺗﺰف اﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻛﻌﺮوس دون أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﯾﺲ ﻧﻔﺴﮭﺎ ؟!‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ واﻟﺤﺐ إذ ﺗﻘﺘﻨﯿﮭﻢ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺤﻤﺎﯾﺘﻨﺎ وﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﯿﻨﺎ داﺧﻠﯿﺎ ﺑﺪفء ﻗﻠﺒﻨﺎ وإﺛﻤﺎره‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ اﻟﺮأس ) اﻷﺳﺎس ( ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻦ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ وﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﺘﻨﺎك اﻗﺘﻦ اﻟﻔﮭﻢ " ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ھ ﻲ اﻟ ﺮأس واﻷﺳ ﺎس أي أن رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع واﻹﯾﻤ ﺎن اﻟﺤ ﻲ اﻟﻌﺎﻣ ﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒ ﺔ ھ ﻮ‬
‫أﺳﺎس ﻟﻨﺎ إذ ﻧﻌﺮﻓﮫ ﻓﻨﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﮫ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻟﻨ ﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺮﯾ ﺔ دون ﺧﺒ ﺮة اﻟﻌﺸ ﺮة ﻣ ﻊ اﷲ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻜ ﻮن اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻞ ﺷ ﻲء ﻧﻌﻤﻠ ﮫ ﻓ ﻲ ﺻ ﻼﺗﻨﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺧ ﺪﻣﺘﻨﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻨ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻨ ﺎ ﻣ ﻊ‬
‫اﻷﺑﺮار واﻷﺷﺮار‪ ،‬وﻷﺟﻠﮭﺎ ﻧﻀﯿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻗﺘﻨﺎﺋﮭﺎ !!‬
‫‪ " ‬ارﻓﻌﮭ ﺎ ﻓﺘﻌﻠﯿ ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺠ ﺪك إذا اﻋﺘﻨﻘﺘﮭ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻄ ﻲ رأﺳ ﻚ إﻛﻠﯿ ﻞ ﻧﻌﻤ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗ ﺎج‬
‫ﺟﻤﺎل ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻚ" ‪-:‬‬
‫ارﻓﻌﮭﺎ ‪ :‬اﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﯾﺘﺮﺟﻤﮭ ﺎ )ﻗﻮﯾﮭ ﺎ( ﻓﻤ ﺎذا ﯾﻘ ﻮي اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ وﻛﯿ ﻒ ﻧﺮﻓﻌﮭ ﺎ إﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﮭ ﺎد ﻓ ﺈذا‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ اﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪة ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ إﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﮭﺎد ﻓﺘﺤﯿﻂ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﺑﺴ ﻮر ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻀ ﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻌﻤ ﺔ ﺗﻤﺠ ﺪﻧﺎ أﻣ ﺎ ﻧﺤ ﻦ ﻓﻨﺨﺘﻔ ﻲ ﻓﯿﮭ ﺎ وﻧﻤﺠ ﺪھﺎ إذ ﻧﺨﺘﻔ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع‬
‫وﻧﺮﻓﻌﮫ ھﻮ ﻓﺈﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ رأﺳﻨﺎ أي ﻓﻜﺮﻧﺎ ﺗﺎج ﺟﻤﺎل أي أﻓﻜﺎر ﻣﻘﺪﺳﺔ وأﻓﻌﺎﻻ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ وﺣﯿﺎة اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬


‫‪ "-:‬اﺳﻤﻊ ﯾﺎ اﺑﻨﻲ واﻗﺒﻞ أﻗﻮاﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﺜﺮ ﺳﻨﻮ ﺣﯿﺎﺗﻚ‪ ،‬أرﯾﺘﻚ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ھﺪﯾﺘﻚ ﺳﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄة اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ھﻲ أﯾﻀﺎ ﻛﺜﺮة ﺳﻨﻲ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وھﻨﺎ اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﻟ ﯿﺲ ﺣﺮﻓ ﻲ إذ ﻛﺜﯿ ﺮون ﯾﻤﻮﺗ ﻮن ﺻ ﻐﺎرا وﺷ ﺒﺎﺑﺎ ﻟﻜ ﻦ إذ ھ ﻢ ﯾﻤﻮﺗ ﻮا ﺻ ﻐﺎر‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﮭﻢ وﺻﻠﻮا إﻟﻰ ﻛﻤﺎل اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻻ ﯾﻌﻮدوا ﻓﻲ اﻷرض ﺑﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔ ﺮدوس ﺣﯿ ﺚ اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة‬
‫اﻟﻤﺒﮭﺠﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﯿﺢ أن اﻟﺴﻠﻮك ﺑﻌ ﺪم ﺣﻜﻤ ﺔ ﯾﻌ ﺮض اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻟﻸﻣ ﺮاض وﯾﻔﻘ ﺪ ﺳ ﻼﻣﮫ ﻓﯿﻘﺼ ﺮ ﻋﻤ ﺮه‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ إن ﺣﺘﻰ ﻃﺎل ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﺪﯾﻢ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﯿﺤﺴﺐ ﻛﻼ ﺷﻲء ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻣﻊ ﺗﻼﻣﯿﺬه ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻢ وﻛﮭﺎدي ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﯿﮭﻢ أن ﯾﻘﻮﻣﻮا ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ھﺬا اﻟﺪور‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﺗﺠﺴﺪ وﻋﻠﻢ اﻟﻨﺎس ﻓ ﺂﻣﻨﻮا ﺑ ﮫ وﻛ ﺎن ﻟ ﮫ ‪ ١٢‬ﺗﻠﻤﯿ ﺬا وﺳ ﺒﻌﯿﻦ رﺳ ﻮﻻ ﻛ ﺮزوا‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻛﻠﮭﺎ وھﻮ اﻟﺬي ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻤﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﯿﻘﺔ ﻛﻠﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ھﻜﺬا ﻇﮭﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﮭﺪﯾﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﯿﻦ وﻗﺎدة ﻗﺎدوا ﻏﯿﺮھﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪-:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻲ اﻟﻨﺒﻲ اﻟﺬي أﺧ ﺮج ﺷ ﻌﺒﮫ ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﺼ ﺮ وﻗ ﺎدھﻢ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﯾ ﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ﺣ ﺪود أرض اﻟﻤﻮﻋ ﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﺗﻠﻤﺬ ﯾﺸﻮع وﻋﺎوﻧﮫ ‪ ٧٠‬ﺷﯿﺨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺸﻮع ﻗﺎد اﻟﺸﻌﺐ وأورﺛﮭﻢ أرض اﻟﻤﯿﻌﺎد‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻤﻮﺋﯿﻞ رﻓﻊ ﺷﺄن أﻣﺘﮫ روﺣﯿﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫داود ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺘﮫ ھﻲ ﻣﻤﻠﻜﺔ اﻟﺮب ﺗﻌﺒﺪه‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﺑﻨﺎ اﻟﮭﯿﻜﻞ ووﺳﻊ اﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﺰرا ﻛﺎن ﻛﺎھﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺴﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺷﻌﺐ اﻟﺸﺮﯾﻌﺔ وﺗﻔﺴﯿﺮھﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻤﯿﺎ ﺑﻨﻲ أﺳﻮار أورﺷﻠﯿﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﮭﺪ اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪ ﻗﺎد اﻟﺘﻼﻣﯿﺬ اﻟﻤﺴﻜﻮﻧﺔ وﻋﻠﻤﻮھﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﻛﺮز وﺗﻠﻤﺬ ﻛﺜﯿﺮﯾﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ " ‬إذا ﺳﺮت ﻓﻼ ﺗﻀﯿﻖ ﺧﻄ ﻮاﺗﻚ‪ ،‬وإذا ﺳﻌﯿﺖ ) ﺟﺮﯾﺖ ( ﻓﻼ ﺗﻌﺜﺮ " ‪-:‬‬
‫إذ ﯾﺴﯿﺮ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻓﻲ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﯾﺴﯿﺮ ﺑﺨﻄﻮات ﺳﺮﯾﻌﺔ ﯾﺮﻛﺾ ﺑﺨﻄﻮات واﺳ ﻌﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻌﻠﮫ ﻻ ﯾﻀﻌﻒ وﻻ ﯾﻌﺜﺮ وﻻ ﺗﻀﯿﻖ ﺧﻄﻮاﺗﮫ أي ﻻ ﯾﻀﻌﻒ ﺟﮭﺎده وﻋﻤﻠﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻷدب ﻻ ﺗﺮﺧﮫ‪ ،‬أﺣﻔﻈﮫ ﻓﺈﻧﮫ ﺣﯿﺎﺗﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫أي ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓ ﺔ داﺧﻠ ﻚ وﺧﺎرﺟ ﻚ وﻻ ﺗﺘ ﺮك اﻟﻤﺨﺎﻓ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﯿﻜ ﻮن اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﺻ ﺎﻟﺤﺎ داﺧﻠﯿ ﺎ‬
‫وﺧﺎرﺟﯿﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﺮب ﻣﺮﺿﯿﺎ ﻟﮫ ﻃﻮال ﺣﯿﺎﺗﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺳﻠﺒﯿﺎ )اﻟﺘﺤﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺮ واﻷﺷﺮار(‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺒﯿﻞ اﻷﺷﺮار‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﺴﯿﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻃ ﺮﯾﻖ اﻷﺛﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻜ ﺐ ﻋﻨ ﮫ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﮫ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﮫ واﻋﺒﺮ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺤﺬرﻧﺎ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺮد اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﻓ ﻲ ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ اﻷﺷ ﺮار واﻟﺴ ﯿﺮ ﻓﯿ ﮫ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﯿﻨ ﺎ أن ﻧﺒﺘﻌ ﺪ ﻋﻨ ﮫ‬
‫وﻻ ﻧﺠﺎﻣﻞ أﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎب ﺧﻼص ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻨﺎ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻧﻘﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻔﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ھﻜﺬا اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ واﻟﻤﻜﺎن اﻟﺬي ﯾﻌﺜﺮﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻤﺮ ﺑﮫ ﺑﻞ ﻧﻌﺒﺮ ﺳﺮﯾﻌﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﻌﺐ إﺳ ﺮاﺋﯿﻞ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺮ اﻷﺣﻤﺮ وھﺮﺑﻮا ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺮ وﻟﻢ ﯾﻌﻮدوا ﯾﺮوا ﻓﺮﻋﻮن إﻟﻰ اﻷﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺸﺮ واﻷﺷﺮار ھﻢ اﻟﮭﺮاﻃﻘﺔ إذ ﻟﮭﻢ ھﺮﻃﻘﺎت ﻋﻘﯿﺪﯾﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﯿﺔ أﯾﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻷﻧﮭ ﻢ ﻻ ﯾﻨ ﺎﻣﻮن إن ﻟ ﻢ ﯾﻔﻌﻠ ﻮا ﺳ ﻮءا‪ ،‬وﯾﻨ ﺰع ﻧ ﻮﻣﮭﻢ إن ﻟ ﻢ ﯾﺴ ﻘﻄﻮا‬
‫أﺣﺪ " ‪-:‬‬
‫إذ اﻟﮭﺮاﻃﻘﺔ أو ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻓﻮ اﻟﺸﺮ ﯾﺤﺒﻮا أن ﯾﺼﯿﺮوا ﻣﻌﻠﻤ ﯿﻦ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺮ وﯾﻔﺮﺣ ﻮا إذا ﺻ ﺎدوا أﺣ ﺪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺒﺎل اﻟﺸﺮ ﺑﻞ ﯾﺘﻌﺒﻮا وﻻ ﯾﻨﺎﻣﻮا ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﺨﻄﻄﻮا ﻛﯿﻒ ﯾﻮﻗﻌﻮا إﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫أﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﺒﯿﻞ اﻟﺼ ﺪﯾﻘﯿﻦ ﻓﻜﻨ ﻮر ﻣﺸ ﺮق ﯾﺘﺰاﯾ ﺪ إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻨﮭ ﺎر اﻟﻜﺎﻣ ﻞ‪ ،‬أﻣ ﺎ ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ اﻷﺷ ﺮار‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻟﻈﻼم‪ ،‬ﻻ ﯾﻌﻠﻤﻮن ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺜﺮون ﺑﮫ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ ﻣﻤﻠﻜ ﺔ اﻟﻨ ﻮر ﯾﺒ ﺪأ ﻣﺸ ﺮق وﯾﻨﺘﮭ ﻲ ﺑﻨﮭ ﺎر ﻛﺎﻣ ﻞ إذ ﯾﻜ ﻮن اﻟﺼ ﺪﯾﻘﯿﻦ ﻓﯿ ﮫ ﻣﺸ ﺮﻗﯿﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﯾﺰداد إﺷﺮاﻗﮭﻢ إﻟﻰ أن ﯾﻀﻲء ﺑﺄﻗﺼﻲ ﻗ ﻮة ھﻨ ﺎك ﻓ ﻲ اﻷﺑﺪﯾ ﺔ ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﻻ ﯾﻮﺟ ﺪ ﺳ ﺮاج ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫أورﺷﻠﯿﻢ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﺋﯿﺔ ﻷن اﻟﺮب ھﻮ ﺳﺮاﺟﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺒﯿﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ اﻟﺴﺒﻌﯿﻨﯿﺔ ﺳﺒﻞ إذ أن اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ واﺣ ﺪ ھ ﻮ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع اﻟ ﺬي ﻗ ﺎل‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أﻧﺎ ھﻮ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ واﻟﺤﻖ واﻟﺤﯿﺎة‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻃﺮق اﻟﺠﺬب ﻛﺜﯿﺮة ﻓ ﺎﷲ ﯾﻌﻄ ﻲ ﻣﻮاھ ﺐ ﻣﺘﻌ ﺪدة ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫اﻟﻜﻨﯿﺴﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﮭﺪف واﺣﺪ ھﻮ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﻓﻮاﺣﺪ ﯾﻨﺠ ﺬب ﺑﺤ ﺐ ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ اﷲ وأﺧ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ ﻛ ﻼم‬
‫اﻟﻮﻋﻆ وأﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼة وأﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎول‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻷﺷﺮار ﻓﻔﯿﮫ ﻇﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪاﯾﺘﮫ وﻧﮭﺎﯾﺘﮫ اﻟﮭﻼك‪ ،‬وھﻢ ﻻ ﯾﻌﺮﻓﻮا ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﯾﺼ ﺎدﻓﮭﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺠﺄة ﻣﻦ ﻋﺜﺮات إذ ھﻢ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﯾﻦ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﮭﺎ وﻟﯿﺲ ﻟﺪﯾﮭﻢ اﻟﻘﺪرة ﻟﮭﺬا‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﯾﺎ اﺑﻨﻲ أﺻﻎ إﻟﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻲ‪ ،‬أﻣﻞ أذﻧ ﻚ إﻟ ﻰ أﻗ ﻮاﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺒ ﺮح ﻋ ﻦ ﻋﯿﻨﯿ ﻚ‪،‬‬
‫اﺣﻔﻈﮭ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ وﺳ ﻂ ﻗﻠﺒ ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﮭ ﺎ ھ ﻲ ﺣﯿ ﺎة ﻟﻠ ﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺠ ﺪوﻧﮭﺎ‪ ،‬ودواء ﻟﻜ ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺴﺪ " ‪-:‬‬
‫أﻗﻮال اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ وﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﷲ ھﻲ ﯾﻨﺒﻮع اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﺘﻜﻮن أﻣﺎم اﻟﻌﯿﻨﯿﻦ داﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل إﯾﻠﯿﺎ ﺣ ﻲ‬
‫ھﻮ اﻟﺮب إﻟﮫ اﻟﻘﻮات اﻟﺬي أﻧﺎ واﻗﻒ أﻣﺎﻣﮫ‪ ،‬وﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﷲ ﻓﻲ وﺳﻂ اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ أي ﻧﺤﻔﻈﮭ ﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ أﻏﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻤ ﺔ ﻣﺸ ﺎﻋﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﮭ ﻲ ﺗ ﺪاوي ﻟ ﯿﺲ اﻟ ﺮوح ﻓﻘ ﻂ ﺑ ﻞ اﻟﺠﺴ ﺪ ﻛﻠ ﮫ ﻷن‬
‫اﻟﺮوح اﻟﺤﯿﺔ ﺗﺤﯿﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ اﻟﺠﺴﺪ اﻟﻤﺮﯾﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﮭﺬا ﻛﻼم اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﯿﻲ ﻟﻠﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺠﺪوﻧﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻓﻮق ﻛﻞ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ اﺣﻔﻆ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﻷن ﻣﻨﮫ ﻣﺨﺎرج اﻟﺤﯿﺎة " ‪-:‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ ﻣﺨ ﺰن ﻟﻜ ﻞ أﻓﻜﺎرﻧ ﺎ وﺗﺼ ﻮراﺗﻨﺎ واﻧﻔﻌﺎﻻﺗﻨ ﺎ ﻓ ﺈن ﻛ ﺎن ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ أﻓﻜ ﺎر وﻣﺸ ﺎﻋﺮ‬
‫وﺗﺼ ﻮرات روﺣﯿ ﺔ ھﻜ ﺬا ﯾﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ روﺣ ﻲ ﻧﻘ ﻲ‪ ،‬أﻣ ﺎ إن ﻛ ﺎن ﺑ ﮫ ﺗﺼ ﻮرات وأﻓﻜ ﺎر‬
‫واﻧﻔﻌ ﺎﻻت ﻏﯿ ﺮ ﻣﻀ ﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﯾﻜ ﻮن ﺷ ﺮﯾﺮا ھﻜ ﺬا اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ ھ ﻮ ﻣﺮﻛ ﺰ اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة اﻟﺮوﺣﯿ ﺔ ﻛﻤ ﺎ أن‬
‫اﻟﻘﻠﺐ اﻟﺠﺴﺪي ھﻮ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة اﻟﺠﺴﺪﯾﺔ إذ ﻣﻨﮫ ﯾﻀﺦ اﻟﺪم إﻟﻰ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺠﺴ ﻢ وھ ﺬه اﻟﻨﻘﻄ ﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﮭﺎ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻜﺘﺸﻒ اﻟﺪورة اﻟﺪﻣﻮﯾﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ھﺎرﻓﻲ ﺑﺂﻻف اﻟﺴﻨﯿﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬اﻧ ﺰع ﻋﻨ ﻚ اﻟﺘ ﻮاء اﻟﻔ ﻢ‪ ،‬واﺑﻌ ﺪ ﻋﻨ ﻚ اﻧﺤ ﺮاف اﻟﺸ ﻔﺘﯿﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻋﯿﻨ ﺎك‬
‫إﻟ ﻰ ﻗ ﺪاﻣﻚ وأﺟﻔﺎﻧ ﻚ إﻟ ﻰ أﻣﺎﻣ ﻚ ﻣﺴ ﺘﻘﯿﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﮭ ﺪ ﺳ ﺒﯿﻞ رﺟﻠ ﻚ ﻓﺘﺜﺒ ﺖ ﻛ ﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻤﻞ ﯾﻤﻨﺔ وﻻ ﯾﺴﺮة ﺑﺎﻋﺪ رﺟﻠﻚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺮ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﯾﻘﺪم ھﻨﺎ ﻛﯿﻒ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﯿﺎة وﻟﯿﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮت ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -‬اﻟﻌﯿﻨﯿﻦ واﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺘﮭﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻔﻢ واﻟﺸﻔﺘﯿﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬اﻷﻗﺪام واﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺘﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﯿﻨﺼ ﺤﻨﺎ اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ ﺑﻌ ﺪم اﻟﺘ ﻮاء اﻟﻔ ﻢ أي ﻋ ﺪم اﻟﻜ ﺬب أو ﺗﺄوﯾ ﻞ اﻟﻜ ﻼم ﺑ ﺎﻃﻼ واﻧﺤ ﺮاف‬
‫اﻟﺸﻔﺘﯿﻦ أي اﻟﺮﯾﺎء ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ اﻟﻠﺴﺎن واﻟﺸﻔﺘﯿﻦ ﺑﻐﯿﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻄﻦ ﻓﯿﻜﻮن اﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﺮاﺋﯿﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣﺎ اﻟﻌﯿﻦ ﻓﺘﻨﻈ ﺮ ﺑﺎﺳ ﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻤ ﻞ ﯾﻤﯿﻨ ﺎ أو ﯾﺴ ﺎرا ﻓﻌﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻈ ﺮ أﻣﺎﻣﮭ ﺎ ﺗﺘﺨﻄ ﻲ اﻟﻌﺜ ﺮات‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﯾﻤﯿﻨﺎ وﯾﺴﺎرا ﺗﻨﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﯿﺲ ﻟﮭﺎ وﻻ ﺗﺪرك ﻣ ﺎ ھ ﻮ أﻣﺎﻣﮭ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﺜ ﺮات‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺛﻢ ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ أن أرﺟﻠﻨﺎ ﺗﻤﺸﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻷن ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ إن ﺣﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﮫ ﯾﻤﯿﻨ ﺎ‬
‫أو ﯾﺴﺎرا ﻧﺴﻘﻂ ﻷن اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ ﺿﯿﻖ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻦ ﯾﻤﯿﻨﮫ ﺟﺮﻓﺎ وﻋﻦ ﯾﺴﺎره ﻣﺜﻞ ﯾﻤﯿﻨﮫ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻨﺎ أو أﻋﯿﻨﻨﺎ أو أرﺟﻠﻨﺎ ﯾﻨﺼ ﺢ ﺑﻌ ﺪم اﻻﻧﺤ ﺮاف ﯾﻤﯿﻨ ﺎ أو ﯾﺴ ﺎرا ﻓ ﺎﻟﯿﻤﯿﻦ‬
‫ھ ﻮ اﻧﺤ ﺮاف ﻟﻠﻜﺒﺮﯾ ﺎء واﻟﺰھ ﻮ ﻓﯿ ﺘﻜﻠﻢ اﻟﻔ ﻢ ﺑﻌﻈ ﺎﺋﻢ ھ ﻲ أﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻣﻨ ﮫ‪ ،‬أو ﯾﺴ ﺎرا ﺑﺎﻟﻀ ﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺸ ﻤﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻓﯿ ﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻜ ﻼم رديء‪ ،‬وأﯾﻀ ﺎ اﻟﻌﯿﻨ ﯿﻦ إن اﻧﺤﺮﻓ ﺖ ﯾﻤﯿﻨ ﺎ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻋﯿﻨ ﯿﻦ ﻟﻠﺰھ ﻮ‬
‫ﻋﯿﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﻨﺼﺤﻨﺎ اﻵﺑﺎء ﺑﺄن أﻋﯿﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن داﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧ ﺘﻌﻠﻢ اﻹﺗﻀ ﺎع‪،‬‬
‫أﻣﺎ اﻧﺤﺮاف اﻟﻌﯿﻨﯿﻦ إﻟﻰ اﻟﯿﺴ ﺎر ﻓﮭ ﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺜ ﺮات وﺷ ﮭﻮات اﻟﻌ ﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﯿﺴ ﻘﻂ اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ وﻻ ﯾﻔ ﻮق‬
‫ﻓﻠﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﻘﻮل رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع إن أﻋﺜﺮﺗﻚ ﻋﯿﻨﻚ ﻓﺎﻗﻠﻌﮭﺎ ﻷﻧﮫ ﺧﯿﺮ ﻟﻚ أن ﺗﺪﺧﻞ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة أﻋﻮر ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫أن ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺟﮭﻨﻢ وﻟﻚ ﻋﯿﻨﺎن‪ ،‬وھﺬا ﻃﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﯿﺲ ﺣﺮﻓﯿﺎ ﺑﻞ روﺣﯿ ﺎ‪ ،‬أﻣ ﺎ اﻟ ﺮﺟﻼن ﻓ ﻼ ﺗﻨﺤ ﺮف‬
‫ﯾﻤﯿﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺮﯾﻦ وﻻ ﯾﺴﺎرا ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﻔﻌﻠﻮن اﻟﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺘﲔ ﻛﺴﻴﻒ ﺫﻭ ﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺧﻴﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‬

‫‪ -١‬دﻋﻮة ﻟﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬


‫‪ " ‬ﯾ ﺎ اﺑﻨ ﻲ أﺻ ﻎ إﻟ ﻰ ﺣﻜﻤﺘ ﻲ‪ ،‬أﻣ ﻞ أذﻧ ﻚ إﻟ ﻰ ﻓﮭﻤ ﻲ وﻟ ﺘﺤﻔﻆ ﺷ ﻔﺘﺎك‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﯾﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮن اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻛﺄﺑﻨﺎء ﻟﮫ ﻓﮭﻨﺎ اﻟﺒﻨﻮة ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻢ وﺗﻌﻠ ﯿﻢ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺮوﺣﯿ ﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻟﺬا وﺟﺪ آﺑﺎء روﺣﯿﯿﻦ ﻣﻨﮭﻢ ﻧﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ أﻣﻮر ﺣﯿﺎﺗﻨﺎ اﻟﺠﺴﺪﯾﺔ واﻟﺮوﺣﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﯾﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ اﻹﺻﻐﺎء ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻤﺔ وإﻣﺎﻟﺔ اﻷذن ﻟﻠﻔﮭﻢ ﻓﮭﺬا دﻟﯿﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻋ ﺔ واﻻﺳ ﺘﻌﺪاد ﻟﺘﻨﻔﯿ ﺬ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﺻ ﯿﺔ اﻵﺑ ﺎء ھﻜ ﺬا ﻋ ﺎش اﻟﺮھﺒ ﺎن ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺒ ﺮاري ﺗﺤ ﺖ ﺗ ﺪﺑﯿﺮ ﺷ ﯿﻮخ ﻟﮭ ﻢ ﻓﻜﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﻄﺎﻋ ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ھﻲ أھﻢ ﻣﺒﺎدئ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة اﻟﺮوﺣﯿﺔ ﻟﮭﻢ‪.‬‬
‫وھﻨﺎ ﯾﻄﺎﻟﺒﻨﺎ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﻣﻊ إﻣﺎﻟﺔ اﻷذن ﺗﻘﺪﯾﻢ أﯾﻀﺎ اﻟﻘﻠﺐ أي ﻛﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮﻧﺎ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﮭﺎ ﻧﻘ ﺪر أن‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﻤﻊ وﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﯾﻄﺎﻟﺐ أﺑﻨ ﺎءه أن ﺷ ﻔﺎھﮭﻢ ﺗﺤﻔ ﻆ اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ ﺳ ﻮاء اﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓ ﺔ ﺑ ﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻢ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻜﺘ ﺐ اﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳ ﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﻓﺮاز أو ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪوة ﺑﺎﻵﺑﺎء ھﻜﺬا ﻋﺎش اﻷوﻟﯿﻦ وﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻋ ﻦ ﻗﺪﯾﺴ ﯿﻦ ﻛ ﺎﻧﻮا ﯾﺤﻔﻈ ﻮا أﺳ ﻔﺎر‬
‫ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻜﺘ ﺎب اﻟﻤﻘ ﺪس ﻛﺎﻣﻠ ﺔ ھﻜ ﺬا ﺣﻔﻈ ﺘﮭﻢ اﻷﺳ ﻔﺎر واﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺑﮭ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﮭ ﺬا ﻧﺴ ﻤﻊ ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺧﻲ اﻟﻨﺒﻲ أن ﻣﻦ ﺷﻔﺘﻲ اﻟﻜ ﺎھﻦ ﺗﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ ﻷﻧ ﮫ ﯾﺤﻔﻈﮭ ﺎ ﻓﮭ ﻮ ﯾﺤﻔﻈﮭ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻗﻠﺒ ﮫ‬
‫وﺑﺸﻔﺘﺎه وﻋﻤﻠﮫ ﺑﮭﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣١‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺳﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺮأة اﻷﺟﻨﺒﯿﺔ‬
‫‪-:‬‬
‫‪ " -١‬ﻷن ﺷ ﻔﺘﻲ اﻟﻤ ﺮأة اﻷﺟﻨﺒﯿ ﺔ ﺗﻘﻄ ﺮان ﻋﺴ ﻼ‪ ،‬وﺣﻨﻜﮭ ﺎ أﻟ ﯿﻦ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺰﯾ ﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺘﮭﺎ ﻣﺮة ﻛﺎﻷﻓﺴﻨﺘﯿﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎدة ﻛﺴﯿﻒ ذي ﺣﺪﯾﻦ " ‪-:‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮأة اﻷﺟﻨﺒﯿﺔ ھﻲ إﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﻢ وﺗﺴﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺷ ﻌﺐ إﺳ ﺮاﺋﯿﻞ ﻟﺘﻤ ﺎرس ﺧﻄﯿ ﺔ اﻟﺰﻧ ﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو أﻧﮭﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻌﺐ إﺳﺮاﺋﯿﻞ ﺗﻤﺎرﺳ ﮭﺎ ﺳ ﺮا ﻓﮭ ﻲ ﺑﮭ ﺬا ﻗ ﺪ ﻓﺼ ﻠﺖ ﻧﻔﺴ ﮭﺎ ﻋ ﻦ ﺷ ﻌﺒﮭﺎ ﻟﮭ ﺬا‬
‫دﻋﺎھﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻨﺒﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻈﺎھﺮ ﺷ ﻔﺘﺎھﺎ وﺣﻨﻜﮭ ﺎ ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻟﻌﺴ ﻞ واﻟﺰﯾ ﺖ اﻟﻠ ﯿﻦ ﻟﻜ ﻦ اﻟﻌﺎﻗﺒ ﺔ اﻟﻤ ﺮارة ﻛﺎﻷﻓﺴ ﻨﯿﺘﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫واﻟﺸﻔﺘﯿﻦ اﻟﻠﯿﻨﺘﯿﻦ ھﻤﺎ ﺳﯿﻒ ﺣﺎد ذو ﺣﺪﯾﻦ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﻔﺘﺎن اﻟﻠﯿﻨﺘﺎن واﻟﺤﻨﻚ اﻟﺬي ھﻮ أﻟﯿﻦ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺰﯾ ﺖ ھﻤ ﺎ ﻗ ﺒﻼت اﻟﻤ ﺮأة اﻟﺰاﻧﯿ ﺔ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺜﯿ ﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﮭﻮة ﻓﻲ اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ ﻓﮭﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺐ أﺣﺪ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﮭﺎ ﺑ ﻞ ﺑﻮاﺳ ﻄﺔ إﻇﮭ ﺎر اﻟﻌﻮاﻃ ﻒ اﻟﻐﺎﺷ ﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻄﺎد اﻟﺠﮭﻼء‪.‬‬
‫أﻣ ﺎ اﻷﻓﺴ ﻨﺘﯿﻦ واﻟﺴ ﯿﻒ ذو اﻟﺤ ﺪﯾﻦ ھ ﻢ اﻷﻣ ﺮاض اﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳ ﻠﯿﺔ واﻟ ﺪﻣﺎر اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﻌ ﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﮭ ﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أﺻﺤﺎب ھﺬه اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻹﯾﺪز وﻏﯿﺮه ﻟﻜﻲ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﺎﻗﺐ اﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻓﯿﻄﻠﺐ اﻟﺸﻔﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " -٢‬ﻗ ﺪﻣﺎھﺎ ﺗﻨﺤ ﺪران إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﻮت‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﻮاﺗﮭ ﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﺴ ﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﮭﺎوﯾ ﺔ ﻟ ﺌﻼ ﻧﺘﺄﻣ ﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﯾﻠﺖ ﺧﻄﻮاﺗﮭﺎ وﻻ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﻠﻮﻛﮭﺎ ﯾﻜﻮن ﺣﯿﺚ اﻟﻤﻮت واﻟﮭﺎوﯾﺔ ﻛﺄﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﺸﻲ ﻓﻲ اﻟﮭﺎوﯾﺔ أو ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻘ ﺎﺑﺮ ﯾ ﺒﻦ اﻟﻌﻈ ﺎم‬
‫ﻋﻈﺎم اﻟﻤﻮﺗﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﺘﮭ ﺎ ﺑﺠ ﺬﺑﮭﺎ ﻟﻶﺧ ﺮﯾﻦ ﻋ ﻦ ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ إﻇﮭ ﺎر اﻟﻌﺎﻃﻔ ﺔ واﻟﺤ ﺐ واﻟﺘ ﻨﻌﻢ‬
‫واﻟﺤﯿﺎة اﻟﻤﺘﺮﻓﺔ ھﻜﺬا ﺗﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻄﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﻤﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﻮاﺗﮭﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﺎﯾﻞ ﯾﻤﯿﻨﺎ وﯾﺴﺎرا ﻟﺘﻠﻔﺖ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ إﻟﯿﮭﺎ ﻟﺘﺠﺬب اﻟﺠﮭﺎل‪ ،‬ﻓﮭ ﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺴ ﺘﻄﯿﻊ أن‬
‫ﺗﻤﺸ ﻲ ﻣﺴ ﺘﻘﯿﻤﺔ ﺑ ﻞ ﻣﺎﺋﻠ ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺒﺮﯾ ﺎء إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﯿﻤ ﯿﻦ وﺑﺎﻟﺸ ﮭﻮات إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﯿﺴ ﺎر ﻟﻜ ﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﯾ ﻖ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﯿﻤﺔ ھﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﺺ اﻟﻜﺜﯿﺮﯾﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬اﻟﻌﻼج )ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮا ﺳﻠﺒﯿﺎ وﻋﻼﺟﺎ إﯾﺠﺎﺑﯿﺎ(‬
‫‪ -١‬اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ اﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ " ‬واﻵن أﯾﮭﺎ اﻟﺒﻨ ﻮن اﺳ ﻤﻌﻮا ﻟ ﻲ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﺮﺗ ﺪوا ﻋ ﻦ ﻛﻠﻤ ﺎﺗﻲ‪ ،‬اﺑﻌ ﺪ ﻃﺮﯾﻘ ﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻨﮭ ﺎ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﻘ ﺮب إﻟ ﻰ ﺑ ﺎب ﺑﯿﺘﮭ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟ ﺌﻼ ﺗﻌﻄ ﻲ زھ ﺮك ﻵﺧ ﺮﯾﻦ وﺳ ﻨﯿﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺳﻲ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﯾﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺴ ﻤﻌﻮا إذ ھ ﻢ أﺑﻨ ﺎءه أي أوﻻد ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗ ﮫ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻨﺎﺣﯿ ﺔ اﻟﺮوﺣﯿ ﺔ‬
‫وﻛﻮﻧﮫ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ ﻣﻤﺴﻮﺣﺎ ﻓﮭﻮ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﻋﻦ رﻋﯿﺘﮫ أن ﻻ ﯾﻌﻄﻮه اﻟﻘﻔﺎ وﯾﺘﺮﻛﻮا وﺻ ﺎﯾﺎه وﺑ ﺬﻟﻚ‬

‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻟﮭ ﻢ اﻟﺪﯾﻨﻮﻧ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗِﺒ ﻞ اﻟ ﺮب ﻓﻌﻠ ﯿﮭﻢ أن ﯾﺴ ﮭﺮوا ﺿ ﺪ أﻋ ﺪاﺋﮭﻢ أي ﺧﻄﺎﯾ ﺎھﻢ اﻟﺘ ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻣﮭﻢ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺪﯾﻨﻮﻧﺔ إن ھﻢ ﺗﮭﺎوﻧﻮا ﻣﻌﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺑﻌﺪ ﻃﺮﯾﻘﻚ ﻋﻨﮭﺎ وﻻ ﺗﻘﺘﺮب إﻟﻰ ﺑﺎب ﺑﯿﺘﮭﺎ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﯾﻮﺻﻲ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ أن ﻧﺒﻌﺪ ﻃﺮﯾﻘﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ وﻧﺤﺬر ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﺪاﯾﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﮫ ﺳﮭﻞ أن ﻧﻘ ﺎوم‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﯿ ﺔ وھ ﻲ ﺻ ﻐﯿﺮة ﻣ ﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﮭ ﺎ ﺗ ﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻓﯿﻨ ﺎ ﻓﯿﻜ ﻮن اﻟﺨ ﻼص ﻣﻨﮭ ﺎ ﺻ ﻌﺒﺎ وﺗﺤﺘ ﺎج إﻟ ﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺠﮭﻮد ﻛﺒﯿﺮ ﺟﺪا ھﯿﮭﺎت ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺻ ﻮل إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻤﯿﻨ ﺎء ﺑﻌ ﺪ ﻛ ﻞ اﻟﻌﻮاﻃ ﻒ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺠﺘﺎﺣﻨ ﺎ ﻓ ﺈن‬
‫اﻟﺜﻌﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮة ﺗﻔﺴ ﺪ اﻟﻜ ﺮوم ﻟ ﺬا ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن أن ﯾﻨﺴ ﺤﺐ إﻟ ﻰ ﺣﯿ ﺎة اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿ ﺔ ﻟﯿﻠﺘﻘ ﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮب ﯾﺴﻮع ﻋﺮﯾﺲ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﺌﻼ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ زھﺮك ﻟﻶﺧﺮﯾﻦ وﺳﻨﯿﻨﻚ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺳﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫وھﻨﺎ ﯾﺤﺬر ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻧﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ وھﻲ ﻓﻘﺪان اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻟﻜﺮاﻣﺘ ﮫ أﻣ ﺎم ﻧﻔﺴ ﮫ وأﻣ ﺎم اﷲ‬
‫وﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﮫ وأﻣﺎم اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ ھﻜﺬا ﺗﺸﻮھﺖ ﺻﻮرة اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺧ ﺎﻟﻒ وﺻ ﯿﺔ اﷲ ﻓﻘ ﺪ ﻛ ﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺒﮭﺎء واﻟﻜﺮاﻣ ﺔ وأﺻ ﺒﺤﺖ ﺻ ﻮرة اﷲ وﻣﺜﺎﻟ ﮫ ﻣﺸ ﻮھﯿﻦ وﺑﮭ ﺬا ﯾﺴ ﻠﻢ ﻧﻔﺴ ﮫ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺳ ﻲ أي‬
‫اﻟﺸﯿﻄﺎن وﺟﻨﻮده ﺣﯿﺚ ﯾﻜﻮن أﻟﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﮭﻢ ﯾﺤ ﺪروه ﻣ ﻦ ﺧﻄﯿ ﺔ ﻷﺧ ﺮى وﻗ ﺪ ﯾﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻘﺎﺳ ﻲ‬
‫زوج اﻟﺰاﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﺬي ﯾﻌﺮف ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ وﻗﺪ ﯾﻘﺘﻞ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن اﻟﺬي أﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻊ اﻣﺮأﺗﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻟﺌﻼ ﺗﺸﺒﻊ اﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣ ﻦ ﻗﻮﺗ ﻚ‪ ،‬وﺗﻜ ﻮن أﺗﻌﺎﺑ ﻚ ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﯿ ﺖ ﻏﺮﯾ ﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨ ﻮح‬
‫ﻓﻲ أواﺧﺮك ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﻨﺎء ﻟﺤﻤﻚ وﺟﺴﻤﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ ﯾﺸﺒﻊ اﻷﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮة اﻹﻧﺴﺎن أي ﺑﺪل ﻣﻦ أن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﻮة اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺠﮭﺎد ﺿﺪ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ وﻣﻌﮭﺎ ﺑﺮﻛﺎت ﺗﻜﻮن ﻗﻮة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﺮ وﺗﺸﺒﻊ اﻟﺸﯿﺎﻃﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺗﮫ ﻓﺘﻜﻮن‬
‫أﺗﻌﺎﺑﮫ ﺑﺪل ﻣ ﻦ أن ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﯿ ﺖ ﺟﺴ ﺪه اﻟ ﺬي ھ ﻮ ھﯿﻜ ﻞ اﷲ ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﯿ ﺖ ﻏﺮﯾ ﺐ أي‬
‫ﺗﺨﺪم اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ وﺗﺨ ﺪم ﺑﯿ ﺖ اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﺮ أي اﻟﺸ ﯿﺎﻃﯿﻦ وﻣﻤﻠﻜ ﺔ اﻟﻈﻠﻤ ﺔ وﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻧﮭﺎﯾ ﺔ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن‬
‫ﺑﺪل ﻣﻦ أن ﯾﺒﺘﮭﺞ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺟﮭﺎده اﻟﺮوﺣﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﯿﻨﮫ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﯿﺔ ﯾُﻔﺎﺟﺄ أﻧﮫ ﻓﻲ ﺣ ﺰن ﻷﻧ ﮫ‬
‫ﺿﯿﻊ ﺣﯿﺎﺗﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ وأﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺻﺤﺘﮫ ﺿﻌﯿﻔﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ أو ﺗﻘﻮى ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﮭﺎد‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻓﺘﻘﻮل ﻛﯿﻒ أﻧﻲ أﺑﻐﻀﺖ اﻷدب ورذل ﻗﻠﺒﻲ اﻟﺘﻮﺑﯿﺦ‪ ،‬وﻟﻢ اﺳ ﻤﻊ ﻟﺼ ﻮت‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺪي‪ ،‬وﻟﻢ أﻣﻞ أذﻧ ﻲ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﻗﻠﯿﻞ ﻟﻜﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺮ ﻓﻲ وﺳ ﻂ‬
‫اﻟﺰﻣﺮة واﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﻜﺎل اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ ذاﺗﮫ ﯾﺠﻌﻠﮫ ﺑﺎﻏﺾ اﻷدب واﻟﺘﻮﺑﯿﺦ وﻻ ﯾﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮت ﻣﺮﺷﺪه اﻟﺮوﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻓﯿﻜﻮن ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻋﻈﯿﻢ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ رﺑﺎن ﻣﺎھﺮ أﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﮫ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﯿﻨﺔ ﺑ ﻼ ﺷ ﺮاع أو ﻣﺠ ﺪاف أو‬
‫أي إﻣﻜﺎﻧﯿ ﺎت ﻣ ﺘﻜﻼ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﮭﺎرﺗ ﮫ ﻓﺤﺘﻤ ﺎ ﺗ ﺘﺤﻄﻢ أﻣ ﺎ اﻟ ﺬي ﻟ ﯿﺲ ھ ﻮ ﻣ ﺎھﺮ ﻓﻌﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﻠﻘ ﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﮫ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﯿﻨﺔ رﺑﺎن ﻣﺎھﺮ ﺑﮭﺎ ﻛﻞ اﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﯿﺎت ﻓﮭﻮ ﯾﻨﺠﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻋ ﺪم اﻻﺗﻜ ﺎل ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺬات واﻟﻄﺎﻋ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺷ ﺪﯾﻦ ھ ﻲ أﺳ ﺎس اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة اﻟﺮوﺣﯿ ﺔ ﻛﻤ ﻦ ﯾﻠﻘ ﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ ذراع آﺧﺮ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾُﺴﺄل ﻣﻦ اﷲ ﯾﻘﻮل ﻟﮫ إﻧﻲ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﺎ أُﻣﺮت ﺑﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ اﷲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺮك ﺣﺘ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺘﻜ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ذاﺗ ﮫ ﯾﮭﻠ ﻚ إذ ﯾﻤ ﺪ ﯾ ﺪه وﯾﻨﻘ ﺬه‪ ،‬ﻟ ﺬﻟﻚ ﻗ ﺎل ﻟ ﻮﻻ‬
‫ﻗﻠﯿﻞ ﻟﻜﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺮ وﺳﻂ اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ واﻟﺰﻣﺮة اﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﻓﯿﻌ ﯿﺶ ﺑ ﺎﻗﻲ ﺣﯿﺎﺗ ﮫ ﺷ ﺎﻛﺮا ﻟﻤ ﻦ‬
‫أﻧﻘﺬه‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬اﻟﻌﻼج اﻹﯾﺠﺎﺑﻲ )ﺷﺮب اﻟﻤﺎء ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒﮫ وﯾﻨﺒﻮﻋﮫ( ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ " ‬اﺷﺮب ﻣﯿﺎھﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺒﻚ ) وﻋﺎﺋ ﻚ ( وﻣﯿﺎھ ﺎ ﺟﺎرﯾ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﺑﺌ ﺮك ) ﯾﻨﺒﻮﻋ ﻚ ( ﻻ ﺗﻔ ﺾ‬
‫ﯾﻨﺎﺑﯿﻌﻚ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﺎرج‪ ،‬ﺳﻮاﻗﻲ ﻣﯿﺎه ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻮارع ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﻚ وﺣ ﺪك وﻟ ﯿﺲ ﻟﻸﺟﺎﻧ ﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻌ ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟ ﯿﻜﻦ ﯾﻨﺒﻮﻋ ﻚ ﻣﺒﺎرﻛ ﺎ‪ ،‬واﻓ ﺮح ﺑ ﺎﻣﺮأة ﺷ ﺒﺎﺑﻚ اﻟﻈﺒﯿ ﺔ اﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺑ ﺔ واﻟﻮﻋﻠ ﺔ‬
‫ا ﻟﺰھﯿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﯿ ﺮوك ﺛ ﺪﯾﺎھﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻞ وﻗ ﺖ وﺑﻤﺤﺒﺘﮭ ﺎ اﺳ ﻜﺮ داﺋﻤ ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷن ﻃ ﺮق اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن‬
‫أﻣ ﺎم ﻋﯿﻨ ﻲ اﻟ ﺮب وھ ﻮ ﯾ ﺰن ﻛ ﻞ ﺳ ﺒﻠﮫ اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﺮة ﺗﺄﺧ ﺬه آﺛﺎﻣ ﮫ‪ ،‬وﺑﺤﺒ ﺎل ﺧﻄﯿﺘ ﮫ‬
‫ﯾﻤﺴﻚ‪ ،‬إﻧﮫ ﯾﻤﻮت ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم اﻷدب وﺑﻔﺮط ﺣﻤﻘﮫ ﯾﺘﮭﻮر "‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﯿﺎه داﺋﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺮوح اﻟﻘﺪس اﻟﺬي ﯾﻮﻟﺪ ﻓﯿﻨﺎ اﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ اﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻜ ﻦ ھﻨ ﺎ ﯾ ﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤﺤﺒ ﺔ اﻟﺸﺨﺼ ﯿﺔ ﻟﻠ ﺰوج ﻟﺰوﺟﺘ ﮫ ﻓﺘﻜ ﻮن ﻣﺤﺒ ﺔ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﮭ ﺎ ھ ﻮ اﷲ‬
‫وﻣﻨﺘﮭﺎھﺎ ھﻲ اﻟﺰوﺟﺔ ﻓﻜﻼھﻤﺎ ﯾﺸﺮب ﻣﻦ ﯾﻨﺒ ﻮع ﻣﺤﺒ ﺔ اﻵﺧ ﺮ ﻷن اﻟﯿﻨﺒ ﻮع ھ ﻮ ذا اﻟﻤﯿ ﺎه‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎرﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺠﺪدة داﺋﻤﺎ ﻏﯿﺮ اﻟﺒﺌﺮ ذا اﻟﻤﯿﺎه اﻟﺮاﻛﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وداﺋﻤﺎ اﻟﯿﻨﺒﻮع أو اﻟﺒﺌﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻜﯿﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ھﻜ ﺬا ﻧ ﺒﺶ إﺑ ﺮاھﯿﻢ آﺑ ﺎرا ﻓ ﻲ ﻛ ﻞ ﻣﻨﻄﻘ ﺔ‬
‫ﯾﻨﺘﻘﻞ إﻟﯿﮭﺎ وﺣﻔﺮھﺎ ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻤﻠﻜﯿﺔ وﻋﺎد إﺳ ﺤﻖ اﺑﻨ ﮫ ﯾﻨﻘ ﺐ ﻋ ﻦ آﺑ ﺎر أﺑﯿ ﮫ إﺑ ﺮاھﯿﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻃﻤﮭ ﺎ اﻟﻔﻠﺴ ﻄﯿﻨﯿﯿﻦ وﻛ ﺎن إﺳ ﺤﻖ إذا ﻃ ﻢ اﻟﻔﻠﺴ ﻄﯿﻨﯿﯿﻦ ﻟ ﮫ ﺑﺌ ﺮا ﻛ ﺎن ﯾﻨﻘ ﺐ أﺧ ﺮي‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﮭﺬا ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﻟﻜﻼ اﻟﺰوﺟﯿﻦ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺳﻤﺔ ﺑﯿﻨﮭﻤﺎ ھﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣﺎ ﻋﺒﺎرة ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﯾﻨﺎﺑﯿﻌﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻔﺾ ﺧﺎرﺟﺎ وﺳﻮاﻗﻲ ﻣﯿ ﺎه ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺸ ﻮارع وﻟ ﯿﺲ ﻟﻸﺟﺎﻧ ﺐ أي‬
‫ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻟﻚ زوﺟﺔ واﺣﺪة ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻟﮭﺎ ﺣﺒﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰا ﻟﮭﺎ‪ ،‬وأﺑﻮة ﻟﻸوﻻد اﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮدﯾﻦ أﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻌ ﺪد‬
‫اﻟﺰوﺟ ﺎت ﻓﮭ ﺬا ﻟ ﯿﺲ ﺣﺒ ﺎ إﻧﻤ ﺎ ﺷ ﮭﻮة وﺣﺮﻣ ﺎن اﻷوﻻد اﻟﻜﺜﯿ ﺮﯾﻦ اﻟ ﺬﯾﻦ ﻗ ﺪ ﻻ ﯾﻌ ﺮف‬
‫أﺳ ﻤﺎءھﻢ اﻟ ﺰوج وﯾﺤﺮﻣ ﻮا ﻣ ﻦ أﺑ ﻮة وﺣ ﺐ أﺑ ﯿﮭﻢ‪ ،‬وﻗ ﺪ ﯾ ﺪﻓﻊ ھ ﺬا إﻟ ﻰ اﻟﻐﯿ ﺮة أو ﺧﯿﺎﻧ ﺔ‬
‫إﺣﺪي اﻟﺰوﺟﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣﺎ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﯾﻜﻮن ﯾﻨﺒﻮع ﻣﺤﺒﺘﮫ ﻟﺰوﺟﺘﮫ ﻣﺒﺎرﻛﺎ ﻣﻦ اﷲ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﻔ ﺮح ﺑ ﺎﻣﺮأة ﺷ ﺒﺎﺑﮫ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ إن ﺷﺎخ أو ﺷﺎﺧﺖ ھﻲ إذ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ اﻟﺴﻨﯿﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺤﺒﺔ وﺛﻘ ﺔ ﻛﺒﯿ ﺮة ﺑﯿ ﻨﮭﻢ ﻓﺘﻜ ﻮن ھ ﻲ‬
‫أي اﻟﺰوﺟ ﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻈﺒﯿ ﺔ وھ ﻲ ﻋﻼﻣ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﮭ ﺎرة واﻟﻨﻘ ﺎوة ﺗﻜ ﻮن وﻋﻠ ﺔ أي ﻓﺮﺣ ﺔ ﺑﺰوﺟﮭ ﺎ‬
‫وﺑﻤﺤﺒﺘﮭﺎ ﻟﮫ وھﺬا ﯾﺠﻌﻠﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺨﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮭﺎ ﻟِﻤﺎ ھﻮ ﯾﺮﺿﻲ زوﺟﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺗﻜﻮن ھﺬه اﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﺰوﺟﯿﻦ ھﻲ اﻟﯿﻨﺒﻮع اﻟﺸﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﺸﺪاﺋﺪ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻜﻦ إن ﺳﻠﻚ ﺧﺎرج اﻟﺰواج ﻓﺈن اﷲ ﯾﻌﺮف ﺧﻔﺎﯾﺎ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ودواﻓﻌﮫ ﻓﺈن اﻟﺸﺮ ھﻮ أول ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﯾﻀﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﮫ وﯾﺆذﯾﮫ ﺑﻞ ﯾﻘﯿﺪه ﺑﺸﺒﺎﻛﮫ ﺣﯿﺚ ﻻ ﯾﺸ ﺎء وﯾﻤ ﻮت ﻧﺘﯿﺠ ﺔ ﺗﮭ ﻮره ﺳ ﻮاء اﻟﺸ ﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ أو اﻟﻔﻜﺮ أو اﻟﻨﻈﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐــﲑ ﻣﺴﺌـــﻮﻟﺔ‬


‫‪ -١‬ﺿﻤﺎن اﻟﻐﯿﺮ‬

‫‪ ‬ﯾﻮﺻﻲ أن ﻻ ﻧﻀﻤﻦ أﺣ ﺪ ﻷن ﻓ ﻲ زﻣ ﺎن ﺳ ﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ ﻛ ﺎن اﻷﺛﺮﯾ ﺎء ﯾﻀ ﻤﻨﻮا اﻵﺧ ﺮﯾﻦ‬


‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻔﺎﺋﺪة ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ أﺣﯿﺎﻧﺎ ﻛﺜﯿﺮة ﻣﻊ ﺣﺒﮭﻢ ﻟﻠﻜﺴﺐ ﯾﺼﯿﺮوا ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻋﻈﯿﻢ ﺑﻞ ﯾﺒﺎع ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﯾﻤﻠﻜﻮه ﺑﻞ وﯾﺒﺎع ھ ﻮ ﻛﻌﺒ ﺪ‪ ،‬أو ﯾﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻀ ﻤﺎن ﻧﺘﯿﺠ ﺔ اﻻﻋﺘ ﺪاد ﺑﺎﻟ ﺬات‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﮭ ﺬا ﯾﻮﺻ ﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﺑﺎﻵﺗﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ اﻟﻔﻢ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذ ﯾﻠﺘﺰم اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻟﯿﺲ ﺑﻮرق أو ﻋﻘﻮد ﻟﻜ ﻦ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن اﻟﺮوﺣ ﻲ ﯾﻠﺘ ﺰم ﺑﻜﻠﻤ ﺔ ﻓﻤ ﮫ ﻓ ﺎﻟﻔﻢ ﻟ ﮫ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﯾﺎه‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣ ﺎ أن ﯾﺠ ﺮح ﺑﮭ ﺎ اﻵﺧ ﺮﯾﻦ وﯾﻜ ﻮن ﺑ ﻼ ﺿ ﺎﺑﻂ وﯾ ﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻛﻼﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﻔﯿﮭﺎ وﯾﻈﻠ ﻢ أو ﻗ ﺪ ﺗﻜ ﻮن‬
‫أﺣﺎدﯾﺜﮫ ﻣﻌﺜﺮة ﻟﻶﺧﺮﯾﻦ أو ﻧﻘﻞ إﺷﺎﻋﺎت ﻏﯿﺮ ﺻﺤﯿﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﻣﺎ أن ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻈﺎﺋﻢ اﻟﺘﻲ ھﻲ أﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﮫ وﯾﺘﺮاءى ﻓﻮق ﻣﺎ ﯾﻨﺒﻐﻲ وﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﻜﺒﺮﯾﺎء ﺣﻠﯿﻔ ﺎ‬
‫ﻟﮫ وﯾﺴﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻹﻟﺤﺎح ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺪﯾﻦ ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﺴﺪد دﯾﻨﮫ ‪-:‬‬
‫ھﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺆﻛ ﺪ أن اﻟﻀ ﺎﻣﻦ ﻻ ﯾﻠ ﺢ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺪاﺋﻦ ﻟﺘﺄﺟﯿ ﻞ اﻟ ﺪﯾﻦ أو اﻟﻌﻔ ﻮ ﺑ ﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻤ ﺪﯾﻦ ﻟﻜ ﻲ‬
‫ﯾﺴﺪد اﻟﻤﺪﯾﻦ دﯾﻨﮫ‪ ،‬ھﻜﺬا ﯾﻜﻮن ھﻮ ﻛﻀﺎﻣﻦ ﯾﻨﺠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻓ ﺦ اﻟﺼ ﯿﺎد ﻛﻤ ﺎ اﻟﻌﺼ ﻔﻮر ﻣ ﻦ ﻓ ﺦ‬
‫اﻟﺼﯿﺎدﯾﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻀﺎﻣﻦ ﻻ ﯾﻨﺎم ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺪﯾﺪ اﻟﻤﺪﯾﻦ ﻟﻠﺪاﺋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬اﻟﻜﺴﻞ واﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬دﻋﺎ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ اﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻟﯿﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮا ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻤﻠﺔ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺪاﺋﻢ أو ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻮﻗ ﺖ اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﺴ ﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﯿﮫ ھﻜﺬا ﻓﻌﻠﺖ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎن إذ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﻘﻠﮫ واﺗﺰاﻧﮫ ﻓﻌﻠﯿﮫ أن ﯾ ﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨ ﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻐﯿﺮ ﻋﺎﻗﻠﺔ وأﯾﻀﺎ اﻟﻌﺎﻗﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺮأة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﺠﯿﺪ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﻨﻈﺎم ﺷﺪﯾﺪ وﺑﻼ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ أو ﻣﺘﺴ ﻠﻂ أي اﻟﺒﺎﻋ ﺚ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﮭ ﺎ داﺧﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﻓﮭﻲ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﺎ أو ﻷﺟﻞ ﺷﻲء ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻤ ﻞ ﯾﻌﻤ ﻞ ﺣﺴ ﺎب اﻟﻨﻔﻘ ﺔ ﺟﯿ ﺪا ﻓﮭ ﻮ ﯾﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺮﺑﯿ ﻊ واﻟﺼ ﯿﻒ ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻣﺘ ﻰ ﺣ ﻞ اﻟﺸ ﺘﺎء‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﺬي ﻻ ﯾﺴﺘﻄﯿﻊ اﻟﻨﻤﻞ أن ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﯾﺠﺪ ﻣﺎ ﯾﺄﻛﻠ ﮫ ھﻜ ﺬا اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﯾﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺮﺑﯿ ﻊ ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮه وﺻﯿﻔﮫ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺘ ﻰ ﺣﻠ ﺖ اﻟﻜﮭﻮﻟ ﺔ ﻓﯿ ﮫ ﯾﺠ ﺪ ﻣ ﺎ ﺧﺰﻧ ﮫ روﺣﯿ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﺘﻔﺪ ﻣﻨ ﮫ أو ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﯾﺤﻞ اﻟﺸﺘﺎء اﻟﺬي ھﻮ اﻟﻤﻮت ﻓﺄﻋﻤﺎﻟﮫ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﮫ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻤﻞ ﯾﺠﺪد اﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺪاﺋﻢ ﺑﻞ ﻟﮫ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻐﺎره ﻓﺈذا ﺣ ﻞ اﻟﺼ ﯿﻒ ﯾﺠﻌﻠﮭ ﻢ ﯾﺨﺮﺟ ﻮا ﻗﻠ ﯿﻼ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺧﺎرج اﻟﺜﻘﺐ ﻟﯿﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮا ﻷﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ وﯾﺴ ﺘﻔﯿﺪوا ﻣﻨﮭ ﺎ وﻣﺘ ﻲ ﺣ ﻞ اﻟﺸ ﺘﺎء ﯾﺴ ﺪ اﻟﺜﻘ ﻮب‬
‫ﺑﺤﺠﺎرة ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﺴﺮب اﻟﻤﺎء ﻟﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﮭ ﺬا دﻋﺎﻧ ﺎ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع أن ﺗ ﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻄﯿ ﻮر وزﻧ ﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺤﻘ ﻞ واﻟﻐﺮﺑ ﺎن ﺑ ﻞ أﺣﯿﺎﻧ ﺎ ﯾﺠﻌ ﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﯾﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻣﺮأة ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﺖ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺴﺔ ﻣﻮﻧﯿﻜﺎ اﻟﻘﺪﯾﺲ أوﻏﺴﻄﯿﻨﻮس‪.‬‬
‫ھﻜﺬا ﯾﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ أن ﺗﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻛﻞ أخ ﻻ ﯾﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﯿ ﺐ )‪٢‬ﺗ ﺲ ‪ (٦:٣‬ﻷﻧ ﮫ ﻻ ﯾﻌﻤ ﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﯿﻢ اﻟﺼﺤﯿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬اﻟﻠــــــﺆم‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎﯾ ﺎ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن اﻟﻠﺌ ﯿﻢ ‪ :‬وﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻠﺌ ﯿﻢ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﺒﺮﯾ ﺔ أي رﺟ ﻞ ﺗﺎﻓ ﮫ أو إﻧﺴ ﺎن ﺑﻠﯿﻌ ﺎل أي ﺗ ﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻌﻞ أي اﻟﺸﯿﻄﺎن‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬رﺟﻞ أﺛﯿﻢ ‪-:‬‬
‫أي رﺟﻞ ﺑﮫ ﺧﻄﺎﯾﺎ ﻛﺜﯿﺮة وﯾﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺪ أي ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻋﻦ اﷲ وﻣﻘﺎوم ﻟﮫ ﺳﺎﻟﻜﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﻮﺟﺎج‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺘﺤﺪث ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﮫ ورﺟﻠﯿﮫ وﯾﻐﻤﺰ ﺑﻌﯿﻨﯿﮫ وﺑﺎﻋﻮﺟﺎج ﻓﻤﮫ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﯾﻜﻮن إﻧﺴﺎن ﺧﺒﯿﺚ ﻟﻜﻲ ﯾﺨﻔﻲ اﻟﻜﻼم ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎن ﻓﯿﺘﺤﺪث ﺑﻜ ﻞ أﻋﻀ ﺎء ﺟﺴ ﻤﮫ ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻻ‬
‫ﯾﻌﺮف أﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻌﻨﯿﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﺠ ﺎر ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺸ ﺮق واﻟﺒﺮاھﻤ ﺔ ﻛ ﺎﻧﻮا ﯾﺘﺤ ﺪﺛﻮن ﺑﻠﻐ ﺔ اﻷﯾ ﺪي واﻷﺻ ﺎﺑﻊ ﺧﺼﻮﺻ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻔﻘﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ أراد ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻄﺮس أن ﯾﻌﺮف ﻣﻦ ھﻮ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﻓﻲ )ﯾﻮ‪ (٢٤:١٣‬أوﻣﺄ إﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﯾﻮﺣﻨﺎ اﻟﺬي ﻛﺎن ﺑﺠﻮار رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻔﺘﯿﺎت اﻟﺨﻠﯿﻌﺎت ﯾﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ اﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ واﻟﻄﺮق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷرض وﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ اﻟﺮﻗﺼﺎت وﻗﺪ‬
‫ﯾﻜﻮن اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ھﻨﺎ ھﻮ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻘﺼﺪه ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﮫ أﻛﺎذﯾﺐ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﯿ ﺚ اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ ھ ﻮ ﻋ ﺮش اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن وﻋ ﺮش اﷲ ﻓﯿ ﮫ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻓ ﻲ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن اﻟﻠﺌ ﯿﻢ ھ ﻮ ﻣﺼ ﺪر‬
‫اﻷﻛﺎذﯾﺐ واﻟﻜﺬب ھﻲ ﺻﻔﺔ إﺑﻠﯿﺲ ﻟﮭﺬا ﺗﺤﺪث رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﺸ ﯿﻄﺎن أﻧ ﮫ ﻛ ﺬاب وأﺑ ﻮ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻛﺬاب‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻠ ﻲ اﻟﻌﻜ ﺲ أوﻻد اﷲ اﻟ ﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﮭﺘﻤ ﻮن ﺑﻨﻘ ﺎوة اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺑﮭ ﺎ ﯾﻌ ﺎﯾﻨﻮن اﷲ ﻓﯿﮭﺘﻤ ﻮا ﺑﮭ ﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺄﺳﺎس وﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﯾﮭﺘﻢ أوﻻد اﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ أوﻻ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺪرﺟﺔ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﺨﺘﺮع اﻟﺸﺮ ﺑﻼ اﻧﻘﻄﺎع ‪-:‬‬
‫أي ﯾﺆﻟﻒ ﺷﺮورا ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﮫ ﻣ ﻦ ﻻ ﺷ ﻲء وﯾﻀ ﯿﻔﮭﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷﺑ ﺮار ﻟﯿﻀ ﻄﮭﺪھﻢ أو ﻟﯿﻌ ﺮﻗﻠﮭﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻃﺮﯾﻘﮭﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬زارع ﺧﺼﻮﻣﺎت ‪-:‬‬
‫واﻟﺬي ﯾﺰرع اﻟﺨﺼﻮﻣﺎت أي ﻻ ﯾﺰرع ﺳﻼم ﻓﮭﻮ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ إﺑﻠ ﯿﺲ أﻣ ﺎ اﻟ ﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺰرﻋ ﻮن اﻟﺴ ﻼم‬
‫ﻓﮭﻢ أﺑﻨﺎء اﷲ ﯾﺪﻋﻮن ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺳﺒﻌﺔ أﻣﻮر ﻣﻜﺮھﺔ اﻟﺮب‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﻋﯿﻮن ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻟﯿﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫وھﻲ ﻋﯿﻮن اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺒﺮﯾﻦ ﻟﮭﺬا ﯾﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ اﻵﺑﺎء أن ﻛﻞ ﻓﻀﯿﻠﺔ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﺮﺣ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺪاﺧﻞ أﻣ ﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺒﺮﯾﺎء ﻓﯿﺴﻘﻂ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻛﻠﯿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻠﮫ وﻛﻞ ﻗﺪاﺳ ﺘﮫ‪ ،‬ھﻜ ﺬا ﺳ ﻘﻂ إﺑﻠ ﯿﺲ اﻟﻜ ﺎروﺑﯿﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ )إش ‪ (١٤‬وﺑﮭﺎ ﺳﻘﻂ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﻟﺴﺎن ﻛﺎذب ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ أوﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ أن اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺬب ﯾﺸﺒﮫ اﻟﺸﯿﻄﺎن وﯾﺘﺸﺒﮫ ﺑ ﮫ ﻓﯿﻜ ﻮن اﻟﺸ ﯿﻄﺎن ﻟ ﮫ أﺑ ﺎ‬
‫ﻷن اﻟﺸﯿﻄﺎن ﻛﺬاب وأﺑﻮ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺬاب‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬أﯾﺪ ﺳﺎﻓﻜﺔ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﯾﺌﺎ ‪-:‬‬
‫أي إﻧﺴﺎن ﯾﻘﺘﻞ آﺧﺮ دون ذﻧﺐ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺘﻠﻮا اﻟﺸﮭﺪاء دون ذﻧﺐ ﺳﻮي إﯾﻤﺎﻧﮭﻢ ﺑﺮﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع‬
‫وﻟﯿﺲ ھﺬا ﻓﯿﮫ ﺧﻄﯿﺔ ارﺗﻜﺒﻮھﺎ !! ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﻜﺒﺮﯾﺎء واﻟﻌﻨﺎد دﻓﻌﮭﻢ إﻟ ﻰ ﺳ ﻔﻚ دم ﺑ ﺮيء ﺣﺘ ﻰ‬
‫ادﻋﻮا ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﺴﯿﺤﯿﯿﻦ أﻧﮭﻢ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻲ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﯾﻨﺸﺊ أﻓﻜﺎر ردﯾﺌﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫أي ﯾﺆﺳﺲ أﻓﻜﺎر ﻋﻠﻰ أﺳﺎس ﻛﺎذب ﺣﺴﺐ ﻓﻜﺮه وھﻮاه وﻗﺪ ﯾﺸﯿﻊ أﻛﺎذﯾﺐ ﻛﻠﮭ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ ﺑﻨ ﺎء‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮه وﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ ھﻜﺬا اﻟﻘﻠﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﺸﺊ أﻓﻜﺎرا ردﯾﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٥‬أرﺟﻞ ﺳﺮﯾﻌﺔ اﻟﺠﺮﯾﺎن إﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻮء ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻷن اﻷﻓﻜﺎر واﻷﻋﻤﺎل اﻟﺮدﯾﺌﺔ ﺳﯿﺌﺔ وﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺘﻌﻘﻠﺔ ﻓﮭﻲ ﺗﻔﻘﺪ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﺻ ﻮاﺑﮫ ﻓﺘ ﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻠﮫ ﻓﺘﻜﻮن داﺋﻤﺎ ﺳﺮﯾﻌﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﺤﻘﻘﮭﺎ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﺛﻢ ﯾﻨﺪم ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﮭﺪأ وﯾﺮاﺟﻊ أﻋﻤﺎﻟﮫ ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻠ ﮫ ﻓﯿﺠ ﺪ ﻋ ﺪم اﺗ ﺰان ﻟﮭ ﺬا ﻗﯿ ﻞ أرﺟﻠﮭ ﻢ ﻣﺴ ﺮﻋﺔ إﻟ ﻰ ﺳ ﻔﻚ اﻟ ﺪﻣﺎء ﻷﻧﮭ ﻢ إن ﺗﻌﻘﻠ ﻮا‬
‫وأﻟﺠﻤﻮا اﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ھﻨﺎك ﺧﻄﯿﺔ وﻻ دﻣﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٧‬‬
‫)‪ (٦‬ﺷﺎھﺪ زور ﻣﺘﻔﻮه ﺑﺎﻷﻛﺎذﯾﺐ ‪-:‬‬
‫إذ ﯾﺸ ﮭﺪ زور ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺒ ﺮيء ﻟﻤﻨﻔﻌ ﺔ ﻣﺎدﯾ ﺔ وﯾﻈﻠ ﻢ اﻷﺑﺮﯾ ﺎء ﻓﮭ ﻮ ﯾﺸ ﮭﺪ أن ﻗﻠﺒ ﮫ ﻣﻠ ﻲء‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺬب اﻟﺬي ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﮫ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﮫ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺷﮭﺪ اﻟﯿﮭﻮد ﻋﻠﻰ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع ﺷ ﮭﺎدات زور ﻟﻜﻨﮭ ﺎ ﻟ ﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﻛﺎذﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٧‬وزارع ﺧﺼﻮﻣﺎت ﺑﯿﻦ اﻷﺧﻮة ‪-:‬‬
‫إذ ﯾﻮﺟ ﺪ أﺷ ﺨﺎص ﯾﻔﻜﻜ ﻮا اﻟﻮﺣ ﺪة ﺑ ﺰرع اﻟﺨﺼ ﻮﻣﺎت ﻓﺘﻜ ﻮن ﻣﺜ ﻞ اﻟ ﺰوان اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﺨﻨ ﻖ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ اﻷﺧﻮة اﻟﻤﺘﺤﺎﺑﯿﻦ ﻓﺘﺠ ﺪ اﻟﺨﺼ ﺎم ﯾﺜﻤ ﺮ ﻣﻮﺗ ﺎ وﺑﻌ ﺪا ﻋ ﻦ اﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﯿ ﻒ اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﺨﺎﺻ ﻢ‬
‫ﯾﻜﻠﻢ اﷲ إن ﻟﻢ ﯾﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻣﻊ أﺧﯿﮫ ؟! ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪم ﻗﺮاﺑﯿﻨﻚ وﺗﻔﺘﻜ ﺮ أن‬
‫ﻷﺧﯿﻚ ﺷ ﯿﺌﺎ ﻋﻠﯿ ﻚ اذھ ﺐ واﺻ ﻄﻠﺢ ﻣ ﻊ أﺧﯿ ﻚ أوﻻ وﺗﻌ ﺎل ﻗ ﺪم ﻗﺮاﺑﯿﻨ ﻚ‪ ،‬أﻣ ﺎ ﺑﻨ ﻲ اﷲ ھ ﻢ‬
‫ﯾﺰرﻋﻮن ﺳﻼم ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﯿﻦ اﻷﻓﺮاد واﻷﺳﺮ وﺣﺘﻲ اﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ "-‬ﯾﺎ اﺑﻨﻲ اﺣﻔ ﻆ وﺻ ﺎﯾﺎ أﺑﯿ ﻚ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﺘ ﺮك ﺷ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ أﻣ ﻚ‪ ،‬ارﺑﻄﮭ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻗﻠﺒ ﻚ‬ ‫‪:‬‬
‫داﺋﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺪ ﺑﮭﺎ ﻋﻨﻘ ﻚ إذا ذھﺒ ﺖ ﺗﮭ ﺪﯾﻚ‪،‬إذا ﻧﻤ ﺖ ﺗﺤﺮﺳ ﻚ‪ ،‬وإذا اﺳ ﺘﯿﻘﻈﺖ‬
‫ﻓﮭﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺛﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﯾﻌﻠﻢ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﺗﻼﻣﯿﺬه ﺑﺄن ﯾﺤﻔ ﻆ ﺷ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ أﺑﯿ ﮫ وﻻ ﯾﺘ ﺮك ﺷ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ أﻣ ﮫ ﻓﮭ ﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠ ﺔ اﻷوﻟ ﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﺼﻐﺮ اﻟﺤﻔ ﻆ ﺣﺘ ﻰ ﻣﺘ ﻰ ﻛﺒ ﺮ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﯾﺴ ﻠﻚ ﻓ ﻲ وﺻ ﺎﯾﺎ أﺑﯿ ﮫ وأﻣ ﮫ‪ ،‬أﺑﯿ ﮫ اﻟﺴ ﻤﺎوي‬
‫وأﻣﮫ اﻟﻜﻨﯿﺴﺔ اﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﮭ ﺬا ﯾﻮﺻ ﯿﮫ ﺑ ﺄن ﺗﻜ ﻮن رﺑﺎﻃ ﺎ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻗﻠﺒ ﮫ أي ﺗﺤﺘ ﻞ أھ ﻢ ﻣﺮﻛ ﺰ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﯿﺎﺗ ﮫ‪ ،‬اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ ﺣﯿ ﺚ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺮ واﻟﻌﻮاﻃﻒ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮھﺐ ﷲ ﻓﯿﻜﻮن اﷲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺣﺐ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺪ ﺑﮭﺎ ﻋﻨﻘﻚ أي ﺑﮭﺎ ﺗﺘﻤﺠﺪ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ أوﻻد اﻟﻤﻠﻮك وﻣﺜﻞ اﻟ ﺬﯾﻦ ﻟ ﻢ ﻣﻜ ﺎن ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜ ﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻤ ﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أﻋﻄﻲ ﻓﺮﻋﻮن ﻣﺼﺮ ﻗﻼدة ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻖ ﯾﻮﺳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫وﯾ ﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻋ ﻦ ﻋﻤ ﻞ وﺻ ﯿﺔ اﷲ أﻧﮭ ﺎ ﺗﮭ ﺪي اﻟﻄﺮﯾ ﻖ ﻓ ﻼ ﯾﻌﺜ ﺮ ﻣﺜﻠﻤ ﺎ ﻗ ﺎل اﻟﻤﺰﻣ ﻮر ‪١١٩‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺳﺮاﺟﺎ ﻟﺮﺟﻠﻲ ﻛﻼﻣﻚ وﻧﻮر ﻟﺴﺒﯿﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫وھﻲ أﯾﻀﺎ ﺗﺤﺮس اﻟﻘﻠﺐ واﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺴﻠﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﺮ ﺑﺄي ﺷﻜﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وھﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ اﻧﺸﻐﺎل أوﻻد اﷲ ﻓﮭ ﻲ اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﺘﺤ ﺪث إﻟ ﻰ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻛﺸ ﺨﺺ ﺗ ﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻌ ﮫ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﯾﺴﻘﻂ ﻓﮭﺬا دﻟﯿﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ أن ﺑﺪاﯾﺔ اﻟﯿﻮم ﯾﻜﻮن ﻓﯿﮫ ﺻﻼة وﻗﺮاءة ﻣﻦ وﺻﺎﯾﺎ اﻟﻜﺘﺎب اﻟﻤﻘﺪس‬
‫إذ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺑﺎﻛﻮرة اﻟﯿﻮم ﷲ أي أﺣﺴﻦ وﻗﺖ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻷن اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ ﻣﺼ ﺒﺎح‪ ،‬واﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ ﻧ ﻮ ر‪ ،‬وﺗﻮﺑﯿﺨ ﺎت اﻷدب ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة‬
‫" ‪-:‬‬
‫إذ اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ ھﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺬي ﻧﺘﻌ ﺮف ﺑ ﮫ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﷲ وﻋﻠ ﻲ أﻧﻔﺴ ﻨﺎ ﻓﻨ ﺪرك ﻣ ﺎ وﺻ ﻠﺖ إﻟﯿ ﮫ‬
‫أﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﺼﺮخ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻄﺮس اﻟﺮﺳﻮل وﻧﻘﻮل اﺧﺮج ﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﻔﯿﻨﺘﻲ ﻷﻧ ﻲ رﺟ ﻞ ﺧ ﺎﻃﺊ‪،‬‬
‫واﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﺆدب وﺗﻮﺑﺦ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺆدﺑﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻗﯿﻞ اﻟﺬي ﯾﺤﺒﮫ اﷲ ﯾﺆدﺑﮫ وﯾﻘﺒﻞ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻃﺊ إﻟﯿﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺮﯾﺮات‬
‫‪-:‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﺗﺤﻔﻈ ﻚ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺮأة اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﺮة‪ ،‬ﻣ ﻦ ﻣﻠ ﻖ ﻟﺴ ﺎن اﻷﺟﻨﺒﯿ ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺸ ﺘﮭﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻤﺎﻟﮭﺎ ﺑﻘﻠﺒﻚ وﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬك ﺑﮭﺪﺑﮭﺎ " ‪-:‬‬
‫وﺻ ﯿﺔ اﷲ ﺗﺤﻔ ﻆ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺮأة اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﺮة اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﻟﮭ ﺎ ﻛﻠﻤ ﺎت ﻣﻌﺴ ﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﻨﮭ ﺎ ﺗﺤﻤ ﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫داﺧﻠﮭﺎ ﻣﺮارة اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﺬب اﻹﻧﺴﺎن إﻟﻰ اﻟﺸﺮ أﻣﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﷲ ﺗﺒﺘﺮ اﻟﺸﺮ ﻛﺴﯿﻒ ذو ﺣﺪﯾﻦ‬
‫ﯾﺨﺘﺮق إﻟﻰ داﺧﻞ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺸﺘﮭﻲ اﻟﻤﺮأة اﻟﺸﺮﯾﺮة أو ﺟﻤﺎﻟﮭﺎ ﺑﻘﻠﺒﻚ إذ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺗﺨ ﺮج ﻣﺨ ﺎرج اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة ﻓﺈﻧﮭ ﺎ ﻓ ﺦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫وﺣﺒﺎﺋ ﻞ اﻟﺸ ﺮ ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻮﺻ ﯿﺔ ﯾﺴ ﺘﻄﯿﻊ أن ﯾ ﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺸ ﺮ وﯾﻘ ﻮل ﻛﻘﺎﺋ ﺪ ﻟﮭ ﺬا اﻟﻔﻜ ﺮ اذھ ﺐ‬
‫ﻓﯿﺬھﺐ وھﺬا اﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﯾﺠﺊ ﻓﯿﺠﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﯾُﻐﺶ ﺑﺄھﺪاﺑﮭﺎ ﺳﻮاء أھﺪاب اﻟﺜﯿﺎب ﻛﺄﻧﮭ ﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﺸ ﻤﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺨ ﺎرج ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻻ ﯾﻮﺟ ﺪ اﺣﺘﺸ ﺎم‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻟﺪاﺧﻞ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺑﮭﺪب ﻋﯿﻨﺎھﺎ إذ اﺷﺘﮭﺮت ﻧﺴ ﺎء اﻟﺸ ﺮق ﺑﻌﻤ ﻞ أھ ﺪاب ﻟﻌﯿﻨﮭ ﺎ ﻓﮭ ﺬا ﻏ ﺶ‬
‫ﻷن اﻟﺠﻤﺎل ﻏﺶ واﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﮭﺬا ﻻ ﯾﻘﺒﻞ أي إﻧﺴﺎن ﻣﺴﯿﺤﻲ أن ﯾﺠﻠﺲ ﻣﻊ اﻣﺮأة ﻣﺘﺰوﺟﺔ ﻛﺜﯿﺮا دون داﻋﻲ أو ھ ﺪف‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أو ﺗﺴﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﮫ ﻋﺬراء ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﻘﻒ واﺣﺪ أو ﯾﻨﺎم ﺣﯿﺚ ﺗﻨﺎم‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬ﻷﻧ ﮫ ﺑﺴ ﺒﺐ اﻣ ﺮأة زاﻧﯿ ﺔ ﯾﻔﺘﻘ ﺮ اﻟﻤ ﺮء إﻟ ﻰ رﻏﯿ ﻒ ﺧﺒ ﺰ‪ ،‬وا ﻣ ﺮأة رﺟ ﻞ‬
‫آﺧﺮ ﺗﻘﺘﺺ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﻜﺮﯾﻤﺔ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻤ ﺔ اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺠﺎﺗ ﺎ أن ﺛﻤ ﻦ أو أﺟ ﺮة اﻟﺰاﻧﯿ ﺔ ھ ﻲ رﻏﯿ ﻒ ﻋ ﯿﺶ أي ﺛﻤ ﻦ ﺑﺨ ﺲ ﻟﻜﻨﮭ ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﮫ أﺛﻤﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺪي اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ھﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﮫ إذ ﺗﮭﻠﻜﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ " ‬أﯾﺄﺧ ﺬ إﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻧ ﺎرا ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﻀ ﻨﮫ وﻻ ﺗﺤﺘ ﺮق ﺛﯿﺎﺑ ﮫ أو ﯾﻤﺸ ﻲ إﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺠ ﺮ وﻻ ﺗﻜﺘ ﻮي رﺟ ﻼه؟! ھﻜ ﺬا ﻣ ﻦ ﯾ ﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻣ ﺮأة ﺻ ﺎﺣﺒﮫ ﻛ ﻞ ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫ﯾﻤﺴﮭﺎ ﻻ ﯾﻜﻮن ﺑﺮﯾﺌﺎ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺟﻤﺮ اﻟﻨﺎر ھﻲ اﻟﺸﮭﻮة اﻟﺸﺮﯾﺮة ﻓﺈن أﺛﺎرت اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ھﺬه اﻟﺸ ﮭﻮة ﻓﮭ ﻲ ﺗﺤ ﺮق ﺛﯿﺎﺑ ﮫ وإن‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧ ﺖ اﻟﺜﯿ ﺎب أﺣﯿﺎﻧ ﺎ ﺗﻤﺜ ﻞ اﻟﺠﺴ ﺪ إﻧﻤ ﺎ ھﻨ ﺎ ﺗﻤﺜ ﻞ اﻟﺠﺴ ﺪ واﻟ ﻨﻔﺲ ﻓﮭﻤ ﺎ ﯾﺸ ﺘﺮﻛﺎن ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫اﻻﺣﺘﺮاق ﯾﺴﻘﻂ اﻟﺠﺴﺪ وﺗﺸﺘﺮك ﻣﻌﮫ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻓﯿﮭﻠﻜﺎ ﻛﻼھﻤﺎ ھﻜﺬا ھﺬه اﻟﺸﮭﻮة اﻟﻄﺎﻏﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٩‬‬
‫ﻓﮭﻲ ﺗﺜﻮر ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ واﻟﺴﻤﻊ واﻟﻜﻼم اﻟﺴﻔﯿﮫ أو اﻟﻤﻌﺴﻮل أو اﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻓﺈن أﻏﻠ ﻖ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻛ ﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫أﺑ ﻮاب ﺣﻮاﺳ ﮫ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿ ﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﯿ ﮫ ﺑﻐﻠ ﻖ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿ ﺔ أﯾﻀ ﺎ ﻷﻧﮭ ﺎ ﺗﺜ ﻮر داﺧﻠﻨ ﺎ أﯾﻀ ﺎ ﺗﺠ ﺮي‬
‫وراءﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻘﻮة اﻟﺮوح اﻟﻘﺪس وﻃﮭﺎرة اﻟﻌﻘﻞ واﻟﺼﻼة اﻟﺤﺎرة ﺗﺬھﺐ ھﺬه اﻟﺸﮭﻮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﺛﯿﺮ ھﺬه اﻟﺸﮭﻮة ﺗﺠﻌﻞ اﻟﺮﺟﻠﯿﻦ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺗﯿﻦ ﻋﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ أو ﻋﻤﻞ اﻟﺨﯿﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺑ ﺮاءة اﻟﺰاﻧ ﻲ ﻣﮭﻤ ﺎ ﻛ ﺎن اﻟﺴ ﺒﺐ ﻓﮭ ﻮ ﺳ ﺎرق ﻣ ﺎ ﻟ ﯿﺲ ﻟ ﮫ ﻓﮭ ﻮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺳﺎرق ﺟﺴﺪ آﺧﺮ ﻏﯿﺮ زوﺟﺘ ﮫ ﻓﻤﮭﻤ ﺎ ﻛ ﺎن اﻟﺴ ﺒﺐ ﻻ ﯾﺘﺒ ﺮأ أﺑ ﺪا‪ ،‬ﻓ ﺈن ﻛ ﺎن اﻟﺴ ﺎرق ﻷﺟ ﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻮع ﯾُﻐ ﺮم ‪ ٧‬أﺿ ﻌﺎف وﻟ ﻮ أﻋﻄ ﻲ ﻛ ﻞ ﻗﻨﯿﺘ ﮫ‪ ،‬ھﻜ ﺬا ﻣ ﻦ ﯾﻔﻌ ﻞ ھ ﺬه اﻟﺨﻄﯿ ﺔ ﻻ ﯾﺘﺒ ﺮأ أﺑ ﺪا‬
‫ﻓﯿﺠﺪ ﻋﺎرا أﺑﺪﯾﺎ وﺧﺰﯾﺎ وﺳﻂ اﻟﻨﺎس‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻘﻮﺑ ﺔ اﻟﺰﻧ ﺎ ھ ﻲ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺰوج )زوج اﻟﻤ ﺮأة( أن ﯾﻘﺘ ﻞ اﻟﺰاﻧ ﻲ إذ ﻛ ﺎن اﻟﻘ ﺎﻧﻮن اﻟﺮوﻣ ﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﯾﻌﻄﻲ اﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﺰوج اﻟﻤﺮأة ﺑﻘﺘﻞ اﻟﺰاﻧﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳍـﺮﻭﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻧـــﺎ‬

‫‪ -١‬اﻻﻟﺘﺰام ﺑﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ‬


‫‪  ‬اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ ﺣﯿﺎة ‪ " :‬اﺣﻔﻆ وﺻﺎﯾﺎي ﻓﺘﺤﯿﺎ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺣﻔﻆ ‪ :‬أي وﺻﯿﺔ اﷲ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻟﯿﺲ اﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﺤﺮﻓﻲ إﻧﻤﺎ اﻟﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﺮوﺣ ﻲ واﻟﻌﻤﻠ ﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﺎة اﻹﻧﺴﺎن أن ﺗﺤﻔ ﻆ اﻟﻮﺻ ﯿﺔ ﺑﺘ ﻮاﺗﺮ ﻗ ﺮاءة اﻟﻜﺘ ﺎب اﻟﻤﻘ ﺪس ﻗ ﺮاءة ھﺎدﺋ ﺔ ﻋﻤﯿﻘ ﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻔﺴﯿﺮ آﺑﺎء اﻟﻜﻨﯿﺴﺔ ﺗﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ أﻋﻤﺎق وﯾﻨﺎﺑﯿﻊ ﻻ ﺗﻐﻀﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺘﺤﯿ ﺎ ‪ :‬إذ أن ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ اﷲ ﺗﺤ ﻮل اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن اﻟﺠﺴ ﺪاﻧﻲ إﻟ ﻰ إﻧﺴ ﺎن روﺣ ﺎﻧﻲ وﺑﺎﻟﺘ ﺎﻟﻲ ﯾﺆھﻠ ﮫ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﯿﺮ ﺟﺴﺪه اﻟﺘﺮاﺑﻲ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺮوﺣﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻤﺠﻲء اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﯿﺮث ﻣﻠﻜﻮت اﻟﺴﻤﻮات‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وھﻨﺎ ﯾﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ ﻋ ﻦ اﻟﻮﺻ ﯿﺔ ﻛﺸ ﺨﺺ ﻓﮭ ﻲ ﻛﻠﻤ ﺔ اﷲ أو أﻗﻨ ﻮم اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ رﺑﻨ ﺎ‬
‫ﯾﺴﻮع اﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻣﻮات إذ ﯾﻘﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮت اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ ﺑﻨﺪاﺋﮫ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻌﺎزر ھﻠﻢ ﺧﺎرﺟﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ھﻜﺬا ﻛﺎن ﯾﻌﯿﺶ اﻵﺑﺎء اﻷواﺋﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻷدﯾﺮة إذ اﺷﺘﺮﻃﺖ ﻗﻮاﻧﯿﻦ اﻟﻘ ﺪﯾﺲ ﺑ ﺎﺧﻮﻣﯿﻮس ﻋﻠ ﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻔ ﻆ أﺟ ﺰاء ﻣ ﻦ اﻹﻧﺠﯿ ﻞ ﺑ ﻞ وﻛ ﺎن اﻷﺧ ﻮة ﻟﮭ ﻢ ﺟﻠﺴ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ ﺗ ﺬﻛﺮ ﻣ ﺎ ﺳ ﻤﻌﻮه ﻣ ﻦ وﺻ ﺎﯾﺎ‬
‫وﺗﻌﺎﻟﯿﻢ وﻣﺎ ﺣﻔﻈﻮه ﻟﯿﺮاﺟﻌﻮه ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﯾﻨﺴﻮه ﺣﺘﻰ ﯾﺘﺴﻨﻲ ﻟﮭﻢ أﺛﻨ ﺎء أي ﻋﻤ ﻞ اﻟﺘﺄﻣ ﻞ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫وﺻﺎﯾﺎ اﻹﻧﺠﯿﻞ ﻟﮭﺬا ﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﺜﯿﺮﯾﻦ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة اﻟﺮھﺒﺎﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﺤﯿﺎة ﺣﺴﺐ وﺻﺎﯾﺎ اﻹﻧﺠﯿﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ ﻧﻮر ‪ " :‬اﺣﻔﻆ ‪ ....‬ﺷﺮﯾﻌﺘﻲ ﻛﺤﺪﻗﺔ ﻋﯿﻨﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذ ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻮﺻ ﯿﺔ ﻛﻤﺼ ﺪر ﻟﻠﻨ ﻮر ﻛﻤ ﺎ أن اﻟﻌ ﯿﻦ ﺗ ﺮي اﻟﻨ ﻮر ھﻜ ﺬا ﺗﻜ ﻮن ﻟﻨ ﺎ ﻋﯿﻮﻧ ﺎ ﻗﻠﺒﯿ ﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺮي ﺑﮭﺎ اﷲ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٠‬‬
‫‪ ‬وأوﺻﻲ اﻟﺤﻜﯿﻢ اﺑﻨﮫ أن ﯾﺤﻔﻆ اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ ﻛﺤﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﯿﻦ إذ ﺣﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻘﺘﮭﺎ ﺛﻤﯿﻨﺔ ﺟﺪا‬
‫ﺣﺘ ﻰ أن اﷲ أﺣﺎﻃﮭ ﺎ ﺑﺠﻔﻨ ﯿﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻮي وﺳ ﻔﻠﻲ ورﻣ ﻮش ﻟﺤﻤﺎﯾﺘﮭ ﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻷﺗﺮﺑ ﺔ‪ ،‬ھﻜ ﺬا ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫ﯾﺨﺒﺊ وﺻﺎﯾﺎ اﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﮫ ﺗﻜﻮن ﺛﻤﯿﻨﺔ ﻓﻼ ﯾﺘﺴﺦ ﺑﺘﺮاب اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وإذ ﺣﺪﻗ ﺔ اﻟﻌ ﯿﻦ ﺗﻄﺒ ﻊ ﻋﻠﯿﮭ ﺎ ﺻ ﻮرة اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن أو ﺻ ﻮرة اﻟﺸ ﻲء اﻟﺘ ﻲ ﺗﻨﻈ ﺮ إﻟﯿ ﮫ اﻟﻌ ﯿﻦ‬
‫ھﻜﺬا دﻋ ﺎ اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ اﺑﻨ ﮫ أن ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻮﺻ ﯿﺔ ﻗﺮﯾﺒ ﺔ ﻣﻨ ﮫ ﺟ ﺪا وﺗﻨﻄﺒ ﻊ ﻓ ﻲ ﻋﯿﻨ ﮫ إذ ﯾ ﺮي ﻛ ﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻲء ﺧﻼﻟﮭﺎ ﺑﻨﻈﺮة ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ واﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﮭﺎ ‪ " :‬ارﺑﻄﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬رﺑﻂ اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺻ ﺎﺑﻌﻨﺎ ھ ﻲ أن ﺗﻜ ﻮن اﻟﻮﺻ ﯿﺔ ﺗﺼ ﺎﺣﺒﻨﺎ ﺣﯿﻨﻤ ﺎ ﻧﺼ ﻠﻲ وﺣﯿﻨﻤ ﺎ ﻧﻌﻤ ﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﮭﺎ أﯾﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻗﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﯿﮭ ﻮد ھ ﺬه اﻟﻮﺻ ﯿﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻘ ﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﯿ ﺎ ﺑﻌﻤ ﻞ ﻣ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻤﻲ اﻟﺘﻔﻠ ﯿﻦ وھ ﻲ ﻋﺒ ﺎرة ﻋ ﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺪوق ﺟﻠﺪي ﺻﻐﯿﺮ ﺑﮫ ﺑﻌ ﺾ اﻟﻮﺻ ﺎﯾﺎ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺘ ﻮراة ﺗ ﺮﺑﻂ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺠﺒ ﯿﻦ وﻋﻠ ﻲ اﻷﺻ ﺒﻊ‬
‫اﻷوﺳﻂ ﻟﻠﯿﺪ اﻟﯿﺴﺮي وﺑﮭﺎ ﺷ ﺮﯾﻂ ﯾﻠ ﻒ ‪ ٧‬ﻣ ﺮات ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻷﺻ ﺒﻊ اﻷوﺳ ﻂ و‪ ٧‬ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟ ﺬراع‬
‫اﻷوﺳﻂ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺼﻼة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻗﺪ ﻛﺎن اﻟﻤﻠﻮك ﯾﻠﺒﺴﻮا ﺧﺎﺗﻤﺎ ﺣﻔﺮ ﻋﻠﯿﮫ أﺳﻤﺎءھﻢ ﻟﯿﺨﺘﻤﻮا ﻛﻞ أﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﮭﻢ وﯾﻌﻄ ﻮا اﻟﺨ ﺎﺗﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺬﯾﻦ ﯾﺜﻘﻮن ﺑﮫ‪ ،‬ھﻜﺬا ﻧﺤﻔﺮ وﺻﺎﯾﺎ اﷲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺨﺘﻢ ﺑﮭﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻌﻤﻠﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ واﻟﻘﻠﺐ ‪ " :‬اﻛﺘﺒﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮ ح ﻗﻠﺒﻚ " ‪-:‬‬
‫إذ ﺗﻜﺘ ﺐ اﻟﻮﺻ ﯿﺔ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ ﺑﻌﻤ ﻞ اﻟ ﺮوح اﻟﻘ ﺪس ﻓﯿﻨ ﺎ ﯾﻘ ﻮم ﻣﻠﻜ ﻮت اﷲ داﺧﻠﻨ ﺎ وﺗﻜﺘ ﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮﻧﺎ وﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﺗﻨﺎ وأﺣﺎﺳﯿﺴﻨﺎ ﻓﺈذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﮫ ﺗﺨﺮج اﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة ﻓﺎﻟﺤﯿ ﺎة‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﷲ وﺣﺪه‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ أﺧﺘﻲ ‪ " :‬ﻗﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻤﺔ أﻧﺖ أﺧﺘﻲ ودع اﻟﻔﮭﻢ ذا ﻗﺮاﺑﺔ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ھﻨﺎ ﻧﺮي اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﺠﺴﺪة ﻛﺸﺨﺺ وھﺬه ﻣﻦ ﻣﯿ ﺰات ﺳ ﻔﺮ اﻷﻣﺜ ﺎل ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ھ ﻮ اﺑ ﻦ اﷲ‬
‫اﻟﺬي ﺗﺠﺴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﺊ اﻟﺰﻣﺎن‪ ،‬وھﻮ اﺗﺨﺬ ﻟﮫ ﺟﺴﺪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﺪا اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ وﺣ ﺪھﺎ ﻓﺄﺻ ﺒﺢ‬
‫ذا ﻗﺮاﺑﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻧ ﺪﻋﻮه ﺑﻜ ﺮا أو اﻷخ اﻟﺒﻜ ﺮ ﻟ ﯿﺲ إﻻ أن اﻟﺒﻜ ﺮ ﺗﻌﻨ ﻲ اﻷﻋﻠ ﻲ ﻓ ﻲ ﻃﺒﯿﻌﺘ ﮫ ﻋ ﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻲ اﻟﺒﺸﺮ إذ ھﻮ أﻗﻨﻮم اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻧﻼﺣﻆ ھﻨﺎ دﻋﻮة ﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺤﺎد ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻛﺄﺧﺖ زوﺟﺔ اﺗﺤﺎدا أﺑﺪﯾﺎ روﺣﺎﻧﯿﺎ ھﻜﺬا ﯾﺼﯿﺮ اﺑﻦ‬
‫اﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ أﻗﺮب ﻣﻦ ﯾﻜﻮن إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﯿﺮ أﻋﻀﺎء ﺟﺴﺪه‪.‬‬

‫‪٤١‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻮﺻ ﯿﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻓﻈ ﺔ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺸ ﺮ‪ " :‬ﻟﺘﺤﻔﻈ ﻚ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺮأة اﻷﺟﻨﺒﯿ ﺔ وﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻐﺮﯾﺒ ﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻘﺔ " ‪-:‬‬
‫ھﻨﺎ اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﮭﺎ اﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻛﺴﻮر ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎر ﺗﺤﻔ ﻆ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺨﻄﯿ ﺔ اﻟﻐﺮﯾﺒ ﺔ ﻋﻠﯿ ﮫ‬
‫واﻟﺘﻲ ﯾﻌﺮﺿﮭﺎ ﻟﻨﺎ اﻟﺸﯿﻄﺎن ﺑﺨ ﺪاﻋﺎت ﻛﺜﯿ ﺮة ﻣﺘﻤﻠﻘ ﺎ إﯾﺎﻧ ﺎ ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﻧﻨﺤ ﺎز إﻟ ﻰ ﻋﺮوﺿ ﮫ ﻟﻜ ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﯿﺔ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﯿﻒ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﺸﺮ وﺗﻨﻔﯿﮫ ﻋﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺗﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺰاﻧﯿﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺰوج ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻣﻦ زوﺟﺎت ﻛﺜﯿﺮات وﺛﻨﯿﺎت اﻟﻼﺗ ﻲ ﺟﻌﻠ ﻮه ﯾﺸ ﺘﺮك ﻣﻌﮭ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﺒ ﺎدة اﻟﻮﺛﻨﯿ ﺔ‬
‫ﻟﮭﺬا ﺟﺎء اﻟﺘﺤﺬﯾﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻔﺮ اﻷﻣﺜﺎل ﻣ ﻦ ﺛ ﻼث أﻧ ﻮاع ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻤ ﺮأة أو اﻟﺰوﺟ ﺎت واﻧﺘﮭ ﻲ اﻟﺴ ﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮرة راﺋﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﺮأة اﻟﻔﺎﺿﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ )أم‪.(٣١‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﺻﺎﳊﺎﺕ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺮأة اﻟﺰاﻧﯿﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺋﻨﺔ )أم ‪.(٢٠:٣٠، ١٤:٢٢ ،١١-١٠ ، ١٧ -١٦ : ٢‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺮأة اﻟﻤﺨﺎﺻﻤﺔ واﻟﺤﺮدة )أم ‪١٩ ،٩:٢١‬؛ ‪٢٤:٢٥‬؛ ‪.(١٥:٢٧‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﺮأة اﻟﺠﻤﯿﻠﺔ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻼ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ أو ﺗﻤﯿﯿﺰ )أم ‪.(٢٢:١١‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻘﺼﺔ ‪ " :‬ﻷﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮة ﺑﯿﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ وراء ﺷﺒﺎﻛﻲ ﺗﻄﻠﻌﺖ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذ ﺷ ﺎھﺪ اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ زوﺟ ﺔ زاﻧﯿ ﺔ ﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻄﻠ ﻊ ﻣ ﻦ ﺷ ﺒﺎك ﻗﺼ ﺮه وھ ﻲ ﺗﺼ ﻄﺎد اﻟﺸ ﺒﺎب‬
‫اﻟﺒﺴ ﻄﺎء وﻛ ﺎن ﯾﺼ ﺮخ وﻟﮭ ﺬا ﻓ ﻲ ﻓﯿﻨﯿﻘﯿ ﺔ ﻋﺜ ﺮ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻹﻟﮭ ﺔ ﻋﺸ ﺘﺎروت وھ ﻲ ﺗﻨﻈ ﺮ ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺒﺎك وھﺬه اﻟﻌﺒﺎدة ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻧﺎ إذ ﺗﻜﺮس ﻓﺘﯿﺎت ﻟﮭﺬه اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة اﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﻟﮭﺎ اﻟﺰﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺼﻒ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﰲ ﺣﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻵﰐ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪  ‬ﻋﺪﯾﻢ اﻟﻔﮭﻢ ‪ :‬أي ﻟﺪﯾﮫ ﺗﻔﻜﯿﺮ ﺗﺎﻓﮫ ﻻ ﯾﻄﻠ ﺐ اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ وﻻ ﯾﻀ ﻌﮭﺎ ﻓ ﻲ أﻋﻤﺎﻗ ﮫ وﯾﺠ ﺪ ﻓ ﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋ ﺎﺑﺮ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﯾ ﻖ ‪ :‬أي ﻟ ﯿﺲ ﻟ ﮫ ھ ﺪف ﻓ ﻲ ﺣﯿﺎﺗ ﮫ ﯾﺼ ﯿﺮ ﻓ ﺎرغ اﻟﻔﻜ ﺮ واﻟﻘﻠ ﺐ ﻛﻤ ﻦ‬
‫ﯾﺘﺴ ﻜﻊ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺸ ﻮارع‪ ،‬ﻟﮭ ﺬا ﻧﻘ ﻞ ﯾﻮﺣﻨ ﺎ ﻛﺎﺳ ﯿﺎن ﻋ ﻦ آﺑ ﺎء اﻟﺒﺮﯾ ﺔ ﻗ ﺎﺋﻼ اﻟ ﺬي ﯾﻌﻤ ﻞ‬
‫ﯾﺤﺎرﺑﮫ ﺷﯿﻄﺎن واﺣﺪ واﻟﺬي ﻻ ﯾﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺤﺎرﺑﮫ ﺷﯿﺎﻃﯿﻦ ﻛﺜﯿﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺑﺮا‪ ...‬ﻋﻨﺪ زاوﯾﺘﮭ ﺎ‪ ،‬وﺻ ﺎﻋﺪا ﻓ ﻲ ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ ﺑﯿﺘﮭ ﺎ ‪ :‬ﻟﻘ ﺪ أﺧﻄ ﺄ اﻟﺸ ﺎب إذ ھﻨ ﺎك‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺷﮭﻮة ﻛﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﺒﮫ ﻗﺎدﺗﮫ إﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﺰوﺟﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺋﻨﺔ ﻓﮭﻮ ﯾﻼم أﯾﻀ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺿ ﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﯿﮭ ﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺪم اﻟﺤﺬر ﯾﻘﻮد إﻟﻰ اﻟﺴﻘﻮط‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻨﻤﺴﻚ اﻟﺜﻌﺎﻟﺐ اﻟﺼﻐﯿﺮة اﻟﻤﻔﺴﺪة ﻟﻠﻜﺮوم‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺴﯿﺮ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﺸﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎء اﻟﯿﻮم ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻗﺔ اﻟﻠﯿﻞ واﻟﻈﻼم ‪ :‬إذ ھﺬا اﻟﺸﺎب ﯾﺴﯿﺮ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ وﻻ ﯾﻌﺮف ﻃﺮﯾﻘﮫ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ أي ﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﻟﺒﺮ‪ ،‬وﻗ ﺪ ذﻛ ﺮ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻌﺒﺮﯾ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ آﯾ ﺔ‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﺧﻤ ﺲ ﻋﺒ ﺎرات ﺑﻤﻌﻨ ﻲ اﻟﻈﻠﻤ ﺔ ﻟﮭ ﺬا إذ ﺻ ﺎرت اﻟﺰاﻧﯿ ﺔ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﻈﻠﻤ ﺔ ﻓﮭ ﻲ ﺗﺠ ﺬب‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﯿﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﮭﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺠﺬب إﻟﯿﮭﺎ اﻟﻜﺜﯿﺮﯾﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺋﻨﺔ )ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻧﻴﺔ( ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺗﺮﺗﺪي زي زاﻧﯿﺔ ‪ :‬رﻏﻢ أﻧﮭﺎ زوﺟﺔ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻟﻜﻨﮭﺎ ﺗﻠﺒﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾﻠﯿ ﻖ ﺑﻤﻜﺎﻧﺘﮭ ﺎ ﻟﻜﻨﮭ ﺎ ﺗﺮﺗ ﺪي‬
‫ﺛﯿﺎب ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺜﯿﺮ أﻓﻜﺎر ﺣﻮﻟﮭﺎ ﻟﺘﺜﯿﺮ اﻵﺧﺮﯾﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻟﻠﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺧﺒﯿﺜﺔ اﻟﻘﻠﺐ ‪ :‬أي ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮف اﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﻠﺐ وﻻ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺘﮫ ﺑ ﻞ ﺗﻨﻄ ﻖ وﺗﺴ ﻠﻚ ﺑﻐﯿ ﺮ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗ ﺒﻄﻦ‬
‫وﻟﯿﺲ ﻋﻠﯿﮭﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ اﻹﻟﮭﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺻﺎﺧﺒﺔ وﺟﺎﻣﺤﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﺎﺧﺒﺔ ‪ :‬أي ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮف اﻟﮭ ﺪوء ﻻ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﺨ ﺎرج وﻻ ﻣ ﻦ اﻟ ﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑ ﻞ ﻛ ﻞ ﻣ ﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻓ ﮫ أن ﺗﺜﯿ ﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺼ ﺨﺐ ﺧﺎرﺟﮭ ﺎ ﺑﻠﻐ ﺖ اﻟﻨﻈ ﺮ إﻟﯿﮭ ﺎ وﻻ ﺗﻌ ﺮف ھ ﺪوءا داﺧﻠﯿ ﺎ وﻻ ﺿ ﺒﻂ ﻟﺴ ﻠﻮﻛﮭﺎ وﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮھﺎ وﻻ ﺗﻌﺮف اﻟﺴﻼم )إش ‪.(٢١:٥٧ ،٢٢:٤٨‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺟﺎﻣﺤﺔ ‪ :‬أي ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻄﯿﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﻘﺮة ﺟﺎﻣﺤﺔ )ھﻮ ‪.(١٦:٤‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻓ ﻲ ﺑﯿﺘﮭ ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴ ﺘﻘﺮ ﻗ ﺪﻣﺎھﺎ ‪ :‬أي ﻣﺘﻌﺘﮭ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺸ ﻮارع واﻟﻤﯿ ﺎدﯾﻦ إذ ﻻ ﺗﺨﻀ ﻊ ﻟﺰوﺟﮭ ﺎ‬
‫وﺗﺴ ﻜﻦ ﻓ ﻲ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮭ ﺎ ﻛﻤ ﺎ ﻗ ﺎل ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻨ ﺎ ﺑ ﻮﻟﺲ اﻟﺮﺳ ﻮل )ﺗ ﻲ ‪ ( ٥، ٤:٢‬ﻟﮭ ﺬا ﺗﻌﻠﻤ ﺖ أن‬
‫ﺗﺼﻄﺎد اﻟﻨﻔﻮس ﻟﻠﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺎرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺎرج وأﺧﺮى ﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻮارع وﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ زاوﯾﺔ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﮭﻲ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮة داﺧﻠﯿﺎ ﺗﺎرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺎرج ﺳﻮاء اﻟﺸ ﻮارع أو ﻓ ﻲ زواﯾ ﺎ اﻟﺸ ﻮارع ﺗﻜﻤ ﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ وﺣﺶ ﻣﻔﺘﺮس ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﺘﻨﺺ ﻓﺮﯾﺴﺘﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وھﻨﺎ ﯾﻘ ﻮل اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ أن ﻟﮭ ﺎ ‪ house‬وﻟ ﯿﺲ ‪ home‬ﻓﮭ ﻲ زوﺟ ﺔ ﻟ ﺰوج وﻟﮭ ﺎ أوﻻد ﻟﻜﻨﮭ ﺎ‬
‫ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻨﺸﻐﻠﺔ ﺑﮭﻢ ﻓﮭﻢ ﺧﺎرج ﻗﻠﺒﮭﺎ وﻻ ﺗﻨﻌﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪفء اﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﻲ وﻻ ﺑﺎﻻھﺘﻤﺎم ﺑﺮﻋ ﺎﯾﺘﮭﻢ ﻟﮭ ﺬا‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﺎرج وﻟﯿﺲ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟ ﺪاﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ھﻜ ﺬا اﻟﺤ ﻮاس ﺗﺤﻤ ﻞ اﻹﻧﺴ ﺎن ﺧ ﺎرج ﻧﻔﺴ ﮫ ﻓﺘﻜ ﻮن‬
‫ﺷﺮﯾﺮة أﻣﺎ إذا ﺣﻤﻠﺖ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن إﻟﻰ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻓﺘﻜﻮن ﻣﻘﺪﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺗﻤﺴﻚ ﻓﺮﯾﺴﺘﮭﺎ ‪ :‬ﻓﺄﻣﺴﻜﺘﮫ وﻗﺒﻠﺘﮫ ‪:‬‬
‫ھﻲ ﺗﻈﮭﺮ ﻛﻤﺤﺒ ﺔ ﻟﻜ ﻦ داﺧﻠﮭ ﺎ وﺣﺸ ﺎ ﻣﻔﺘ ﺮس ھ ﻲ أﻣﺴ ﻜﺖ اﻟﺸ ﺎب اﻟﻐﯿ ﺮ اﻟﺤﻜ ﯿﻢ وﻗﺒﻠﺘ ﮫ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺎھﺎ واﺣﺘﻀﻨﺘﮫ ﻓﻔﻜﺮ أﻧﮫ ﻣﺘﻤﯿﺰ وﻣﺤﻈﻮظ وأﻧﮫ ﯾﺸﺒﻊ ﺑﮭﺬا اﻟﺤ ﺐ اﻟﻤﺰﯾ ﻒ ﻟﻜ ﻦ ﻻ ﯾ ﺪري‬
‫أﻧﮫ ﺷﮭﻮة ﺳﺎﻋﺔ وﺗﺬھﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬أﺳﻠﻮب اﻻﺻﻄﯿﺎد ‪ :‬اﻟﺘﺪﯾﻦ اﻟﻤﺰﯾﻒ إذ ﺗﻜﻠﻤﺖ أﻧﮭﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ اﻟﯿﻮم ذﺑﯿﺤﺔ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ وھﻲ ذﺑﯿﺤ ﺔ‬
‫اﺧﺘﯿﺎرﯾﺔ ﯾﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﮭﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﮭﺎ وأوﻓﺖ ﻧﺬورھﺎ‪ ،‬وﻛﻠﻤﺘﮫ ﻛﺄﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﮫ !! ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻈﺎھﺮت ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﯾﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺑﺈﯾﻔﺎء اﻟﻨ ﺬور وﺗﻘ ﺪﯾﻢ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺎب ﺟ ﺰء ﻣ ﻦ ذﺑﯿﺤ ﺔ اﻟﺴ ﻼﻣﺔ ﺑﮭ ﺬﯾﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺨﯿﻦ اﻟﺘﺪﯾﻦ اﻟﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺷﮭﻮة اﻷﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺷﮭﻮة اﻟﺰﻧﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﯿﺚ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﺪ ﺷﮭﻮة اﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﺮة اﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ وﻣﻦ اﻻﻓﺘﺨﺎر ﺑﻤﻤﺎرﺳﺔ اﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﻋﺮوض اﻹﻏﺮاء ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﺮﺷﮫ ﺑﻜﺘﺎن ﻣﺼﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻓﺮش اﻟﺴﺮﯾﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﯾﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺴﻤﻲ اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ ﺣﺒﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻋﻄﺮت ﻓﺮاﺷﮭﺎ ﺑﻤﺮ وﻋﻮد وﻗﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬رﺟﻠﮭﺎ ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺳﯿﺄﺗﻲ أول اﻟﺸﮭﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﮭﻼل‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ اﻹﻏﺮاء ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﯾﻖ اﻟﺤﻮاس ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ورؤﯾﺎ اﻟﺴﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﻤﻔﺮوش ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎن‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬اﻷﻛﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﻣﻌﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺑﺸﻢ رواﺋﺢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻄﺮﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺗﮭﺎ اﻟﻨﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬أﯾﻀ ﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻣ ﺎن إذ رﺟﻠﮭ ﺎ ﻏﯿ ﺮ ﻣﻮﺟ ﻮد ذھ ﺐ ﻓ ﻲ ﻃﺮﯾ ﻖ ﻃﻮﯾ ﻞ ﯾ ﺄﺗﻲ ﻓ ﻲ أول اﻟﺸ ﮭﺮ ﻋﻨ ﺪ‬
‫ﻇﮭﻮر اﻟﮭﻼل‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻜﻦ اﻟﺸﺎب ﺳﻘﻂ ﻷﻧﮫ ﺑﺎع ﺣﻮاﺳ ﮫ ﻟﻺﻏ ﺮاء‪ ،‬واﻟﻤ ﺮأة ﺧﺎﺋﻨ ﺔ إذ ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻧﻔ ﺲ اﻟﺴ ﺮﯾﺮ ﺗﺘﺤ ﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺰوﺟﮭﺎ ﻋﺮﯾﺴﮭﺎ اﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺨﺴﺮ اﻟﺸﺎب أھﻢ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻤﻠﻜﮫ وھﻮ ﻃﮭﺎرﺗﮫ وﺧﺴﺮت اﻟﻤﺮأة ﻋﺮﯾﺲ ﻧﻔﺴﮭﺎ اﻟﺬي أﻋﻄﺎه ﻟﮭﺎ‬
‫اﷲ ﻓﻠﻢ ﯾﻌﺪ اﷲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد إذ دﺧﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻼﻣﺎ داﻣﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺼﺎص زوج اﻟﻤﺮأة ﻣﻦ اﻟﺸﺎب وھﻮ ﻗﺘﻠﮫ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬اﻟﮭﻼك اﻷﺑﺪى‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬اﻷﻣﺮاض اﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﻠﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ‪- :‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ أﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﺨﻄﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻷﺳﺒﺎب اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆدي إﻟﯿﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ اﻟﺼﻐﺎﺋﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺴﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻜﺒﺎﺋﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ اﻟﺮﻣﺰي ﻟﻠﻘﺼﺔ ھ ﻲ وﺟ ﻮد ﻛﻨ ﺎﺋﺲ ﺗﺤﻤ ﻞ اﺳ ﻢ اﻟﻤﺴ ﯿﺢ ﻟﻜﻨﮭ ﺎ ﻣﺒﺘﻌ ﺪة ﻋﻨ ﮫ وﻋ ﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻨﯿﺴﺔ اﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘﺔ ﻓﮭﺬه ﺗﻜﻮن زوﺟﺔ ﺧﺎﺋﻨ ﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﯾﺴ ﮭﺎ اﻟﺤﻘﯿﻘ ﻲ‪ ،‬إذ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒ ﻊ ﻃﺮﻗ ﺔ واﻹﯾﻤ ﺎن‬
‫اﻟﺴﻠﯿﻢ واﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪...‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻧﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻧﺪاء اﻟﺤﻜـــﻤــﺔ‬
‫‪ " ‬أﻟﻌﻞ اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺎدي واﻟﻔﮭﻢ أﻻ ﯾﻌﻄﻲ ﺻﻮﺗﮫ " ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺪاء اﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ إﻏﺮاء اﻟﺸﺮ ﻓﺎﷲ ﻻ ﯾﻘﻒ ﻣﻜﺘ ﻮف اﻷﯾ ﺪي ﺿ ﺪ اﻟﺸ ﺮ ﻟﻜ ﻲ ﯾﺠ ﺬب إﻟﯿ ﮫ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻞ إن أﻣﻜﻦ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺣﺮﯾﺘﮭﻢ وﻟﯿﺲ إﺟﺒﺎرا‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨ ﺎدي اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ﻛﺸ ﺨﺺ ﻓ ﻲ اﻵﺑ ﺎء اﻷوﻟ ﯿﻦ إﺑ ﺮاھﯿﻢ وإﺳ ﺤﻖ وﯾﻌﻘ ﻮب ﺛ ﻢ ﻓ ﻲ اﻟﺸ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻮﯾﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧﺒﯿﺎء وأﺧﯿﺮا ﺟ ﺎء اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ ذاﺗ ﮫ ﻣﺘﺠﺴ ﺪا ﻣ ﻦ اﻟﻌ ﺬراء ﻣﺼ ﻠﻮﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ ﺎ‬
‫وﺻﺎﻋﺪا ﺣﺘﻰ ﻧﻨ ﺎل ﺑﺮﻛ ﺎت اﻟﺤﻜﻤ ﺔ وﻧ ﺘﻼﻣﺲ ﻣﻌﮭ ﺎ ﺑﻌﻤ ﻞ اﻟ ﺮوح اﻟﻘ ﺪس ﻓﯿﻨ ﺎ ﻟﻤ ﻦ ﯾﺮﯾ ﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﯾﺔ إرادﺗﮫ‪ ،‬إذ أﻋﻄﻲ اﷲ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن اﻟﺤﺮﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﺧﺘﯿﺎر اﻟﺨﯿﺮ أو اﻟﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻧﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ‪- :‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﻋﻠﻲ رؤوس اﻟﺠﺒﺎل ‪ :‬وھﺬا ﯾﻌﻨﻲ اﻵﺗﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪  ‬ﺣﯿﺚ ﺑﯿﺖ اﷲ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎن ھﯿﻜﻞ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﺎن ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻞ اﻟﻤﺮﯾ ﺎ ﻓﻜ ﺎﻧﻮا ﯾ ﺄﺗﻮن إﻟﯿ ﮫ ﺧﺼﻮﺻ ﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻷﻋﯿﺎد وھﻢ ﯾﺮﻧﻤﻮن ﺗﺮاﻧﯿﻢ أو ﻣﺰاﻣﯿﺮ اﻟﻤﺼﺎﻋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺘﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻌﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻤﻢ اﻟﺠﺒﺎل ﻟﻨﺘﻠﻘﻲ وﺻﺎﯾﺎه ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺳﻲ اﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺣﻮرﯾﺐ‬
‫ﻟﯿﺄﺧﺬ اﻟﻮﺻﺎﯾﺎ واﻟﻨﺎﻣﻮس وﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﻮع ﻧﺎﻣﻮس اﻟﻤﺴ ﯿﺤﯿﺔ ﻣ ﻦ ﻋﻠ ﻰ اﻟﺠﺒ ﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻈﺘﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻌﺪ إﻟﯿﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺠﺒﺎل ﻟﻨﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﮫ ﻣﺼﻠﻮﺑﺎ وﻣﺘﺠﻠﯿﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮر ﺗﺎﺑﻮر‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻔﺘﺮق اﻟﻄﺮق ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﯾﻜﻮن اﻹﻧﺴﺎن ﻓﻲ ﺣﯿﺮة ﻻ ﯾﻌﺮف ﻛﯿﻒ ﯾﺨﺘﺎر ﻃﺮﯾﻘﮫ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ اﷲ ﻛﻌﻤﻮد ﺳ ﺤﺎب‬
‫أو ﻛﻌﻤﻮد ﻧﺎر ﺗﺮﺷﺪه إﻟﻰ ﺣﯿﺚ أرض اﻟﻤﯿﻌﺎد اﻟﺠﺪﯾﺪة أورﺷﻠﯿﻢ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﺋﯿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﻄﺮﯾﻖ ﯾﺠﺪ اﻟﻜﻨﯿﺴﺔ ﺗﺮﺷﺪه ﺧﻼل ﻣﻌﻠﻤﯿﮭﺎ وﻣﺮﺷﺪﯾﮭﺎ ﻓﻼ ﯾﺘﻮه‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﻋﻨﺪ أﺑﻮاب اﻟﻤﺪن ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﯿ ﺚ ﯾﺠﻠ ﺲ ﻗﻀ ﺎة اﻟﻤ ﺪن ﯾﻘﻀ ﻮا ﻟﻠﺸ ﻌﺐ ھﻜ ﺬا ﻧﺘﻘﺎﺑ ﻞ ﻣ ﻊ رﺑﻨ ﺎ ﯾﺴ ﻮع ﻓ ﻲ ﺗﺠﺎرﺑﻨ ﺎ‬
‫وﺿﯿﻘﺎﺗﻨﺎ وﻇﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﺠﺪ اﻟﺤﻞ واﻟﺮاﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪه ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻋﻨﺪ اﻷﺑﻮاب أي ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎن وﻋﻨﺪ ﻣ ﺪﺧﻞ ﻛ ﻞ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﻓﻜ ﻞ ﻧﻔ ﺲ ﻟﮭ ﺎ ﻣ ﺪﺧﻞ ﯾﺨﺘﻠ ﻒ ﻋ ﻦ‬
‫اﻵﺧﺮ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﻨﺎ اﻟﺬي ﻧﺜﻖ ﻓﯿﮫ ھﻮ ﺑﺎﺑﻨﺎ ھﻮ رﺑﻨﺎ ﯾﺴﺮع ﻷﻧﮫ ھﻮ اﻟﺒﺎب ﻓ ﺘﻌﻠﻢ اﻟﺮﺳ ﻞ أن‬
‫ﯾﻜﺮزوا ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺒﺤﺮ وﻋﻠﻲ اﻟﺠﺒﺎل وﺳﻂ اﻷﺳﻮاق وﻓﻲ اﻟﺸﻮارع‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬
Another random document with
no related content on Scribd:
The Project Gutenberg eBook of The viaduct
murder
This ebook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
ebook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
you are located before using this eBook.

Title: The viaduct murder

Author: Ronald Arbuthnott Knox

Release date: January 1, 2024 [eBook #72585]


Most recently updated: February 4, 2024

Language: English

Original publication: New York, NY: Jacobsen Publishing Company,


Inc, 1926

Credits: Brian Raiter

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE


VIADUCT MURDER ***
THE VIADUCT MURDER

by

RONALD A. KNOX
DEDICATED BY COMMAND

TO

TONY WILSON
“In the matter of information, above all regard with suspicion that
which seems probable. Begin always by believing what seems
incredible.”
Gaboriau, Monsieur Lecoq.
Contents
I. The Paston Oatvile Dormy-house
II. In the Rough
III. Piecing it Together
IV. Endless Clues
V. On the Railway
VI. The Movements of Mr. Davenant
VII. Carmichael’s Account of it
VIII. The Inquest, and a Fresh Clue
IX. The Animated Picture
X. In which a Book is more communicative than a Lady
XI. A Funeral and a Vigil
XII. A Search with Piano Accompaniment
XIII. The Man in the Passage
XIV. A Chase, ending with a Surprise
XV. Gordon takes the Opportunity to Philosophize
XVI. Reeves promises to do his Best
XVII. By which Train?
XVIII. The Holmes Method
XIX. Mordaunt Reeves talks to Himself
XX. Proof at Last
XXI. The Test
XXII. In the Fog
XXIII. Marryatt breaks the Pledge
XXIV. Gordon offers the Consolation of Philosophy
XXV. The Dull Facts
Chapter I.
The Paston Oatvile Dormy-house
Nothing is ever wasted. The death of the animal fertilizes the
vegetable world: bees swarm in the disused pillar-box; sooner or
later, somebody will find a use for the munition-factories. And the old
country-seats of feudal England, that bask among their figured
terraces, frowning at the ignoble tourist down secular avenues and
thrusting back the high-road he travels by into respectful detours—
these too, although the family have long since decided that it is too
expensive to live there, and the agents smile at the idea of letting
them like one humouring a child, have their place in the hero-
tenanted England of to-day. The house itself may be condemned to
the scrap-heap, but you can always make a golf-course out of the
Park. Acres, that for centuries have scorned the weight of the
plough, have their stubborn glebe broken with the niblick, and over-
populated greens recall the softness and the trimness of earlier
lawns. Ghosts of an earlier day will walk there, perhaps, but you can
always play through them.
Paston Oatvile (distrust the author whose second paragraph does
not come to ground in the particular) seemed to have been specially
adapted by an inscrutable Providence for such a niche in the
scheme of things. The huge Italianate building which the fifteenth
Lord Oatvile raised as a monument to his greatness (he sold
judiciously early out of the South Sea Company) took fire in the
nineties of last century and burned for a whole night; the help given
by the local fire brigade was energetic rather than considerate, and
Achelous completed the havoc which Vulcan had begun. It stands
even now, an indecent skeleton, papered rooms and carved
mantelpieces confronting you shamefacedly, like the inside of a doll’s
house whose curtain-wall has swung back on the hinge. What
secrets that ball-room, those powder-closets must have witnessed in
the days of an earlier gallantry, when the stuccoed façade still
performed its discreet office! Poor rooms, they will never know any
more secrets now. The garden, too, became involved in the
contagion of decay: weeds have overgrown its paved walks, and
neglected balustrades have crumbled; a few of the hardier flowers
still spring there, but half-smothered in rank grass, shabby-genteel
survivors of an ancien régime. For the family never attempted to
rebuild; they prudently retired to the old Manor at the other end of the
park, a little brick and timber paradise which had served the family
for a century and a half as dower-house. In time, even this reduced
splendour was judged too expensive, and the family sold.
No need, then, to mourn for Paston Oatvile; the sanctities of its
manorial soil will be as interminable as golf. An enterprising club,
seconded by an accommodating railway, has invested its rural
solitude with an air of suburbanity; it is only an hour’s journey from
London, and the distance could be covered in three-quarters of the
time if the club were less exclusive. Bungalows, each fitted with its
own garage, and cottages that contain billiard-rooms have sprung up
in the neighbourhood; thirty or forty of these, all rough-cast and red
tiles, conceal by a series of ingenious dissimilarities their
indebtedness to the brain of a single architect. In the middle of these
—the cathedral, the town hall, the market-place around which all
their activities centre—stands the dower-house of the Oatviles, the
dormy-house of to-day. The committee have built on to it largely in
what is understood to be the same style, and indeed, the new part is
undeniably brick and timber, though in wet weather the timber is apt
to warp and fall off. It is not only a club-house, of course, it is also an
expensive hotel—if we may call it an hotel, and not rather a monastic
settlement; for the inhabitants of these pleasant rooms all live for one
end—golf: twice daily they go round the course, with all the leisurely
solemnity of Benedictines reciting their office, and every night they
meet in corona to discuss the mysteries of their religion.
Which reminds me that I have forgotten to mention the village
Church. There is still a village, that straggles mysteriously, like so
many English villages, in the form of a hollow square. In the old
days, the Church interposed itself between the village and the Great
House, a kind of mercy-seat through which the squire could be
appeased upon occasion. Though much older than the Park or the
fortunes of the Oatvile family, it had acquired, from its enclosed
position, the air of a parasitical institution, an undergrowth of
Protestant feudalism. To-day, it somehow strikes the eye as a by-
product of the golfing industry; people who ask the way to it (and
they are rare) are directed to the fifteenth green; the service on
Sunday is at half-past nine, so as to allow for the improbable chance
of anybody wanting to fortify himself for the morning round by divine
worship; the sexton will caddy for you except on the afternoon of a
funeral. Conformably with this, the incumbent of the parish, who is to
figure in this story, was a golfing parson presented by an absentee
squire to a living which offered few material attractions. He had
managed to let the parsonage, which was more than twenty minutes’
walk from the first tee, and lived in the dormy-house permanently;
arguing, not without reason, that it was the centre of all the life there
was in the parish. If you are disposed to take a look at him, you have
only to open the smoking-room door; there he sits, this October
afternoon of rain and fog, with three equally weatherbound
companions, a foursome in potentia.
He was a man now approaching middle age, a bachelor and
unambitious. You would say that he had a clerical face—is that
clerical face a mark of predestination, or does it develop by natural
mimicry?—but the enthusiasm which it registered was, it is to be
feared, principally directed towards one object, and that object a
game. He was mild-mannered, and had been known to keep his
temper successfully in the most trying circumstances, even at the
ninth; no oath was ever heard to escape his lips, though his
invariable phrase, “What tam I doing?” was held by some to have a
relish of perdition in it. The other three were acquaintances of his, as
acquaintance goes at Paston Oatvile, where you know everybody’s
handicap, nobody’s politics or religion. One of them, indeed,
Alexander Gordon in nature and in name, could hardly be known
otherwise than by his handicap, for in politics, in religion, in every
subject that could form a digression from the normal conversation of
the dormy-house, his point of view was entirely undistinguished and
British to the last degree. He was not, like the others, a permanent
inmate, but was on a holiday visit to his more interesting friend,
Mordaunt Reeves.
Reeves was a permanent inmate, more by force of circumstances
than from any natural indolence. He had left school at the beginning
of the War, and had been incapacitated for active service by an
extreme short-sightedness which gave his face a penetrating, not to
say a peering, look. Work had been found for him easily enough in
an outlying department of the War Office, and he was perhaps a little
too fond of beginning his sentences with, “When I was in the Military
Intelligence.” The picture which the words conjured up to the
uninitiated was that of Mordaunt Reeves concealed behind the arras
with a revolver at half-cock, overhearing the confidential discussions
of German super-spies. Actually, his business had been to stroll into
a very uncomfortable office at half-past nine in the morning, where a
docket of newspaper cuttings, forwarded from another department,
awaited him. Singling out some particularly fire-eating utterance of a
Glasgow shop-steward, he would have it typed out and put in a
jacket; then he would scrawl across it: “Can something be done
about this? Please initial”—and so the document would be caught up
in that vast maelstrom of unregarded jackets that circulated
aimlessly through the sub-departments of Whitehall. An orphan, with
a comfortable income, he had found himself unable to settle down to
ordinary employment on the outbreak of peace. He had put several
romantic advertisements into the daily papers, indicating his
readiness to undertake any mysterious commissions that might call
for the services of an “active, intelligent young man, with a turn for
the adventurous”: but the supply of amateur adventurers was at the
time well ahead of the demand, and there was no response. In
despair, he had betaken himself to Paston Oatvile, and even his ill-
wishers admitted that his game was improving.
That Mr. Carmichael, the fourth member of the party, had been a
don you knew as soon as he opened his mouth. There was that
precision in his utterances, that benignity in his eye, that spontaneity
in his willingness to impart information, that no other profession
breeds. A perpetual fountain of interesting small-talk, he unnerved
his audience with a sense of intellectual repletion which was worse
than boredom. Not that he talked the “shop” of the learned: his
subject had been Greek archæology; his talk was of county families,
of travels in the Near East, of the processes by which fountain-pens
are manufactured, of county families again. He was over sixty—he,
alone of the party, was married, and lived in one of the bungalows
with a colourless wife, who seemed to have been withered by long
exposure to the sirocco of his conversation: at the moment she was
absent, and he was lodging in the dormy-house like the rest. It must
be confessed that his fellow-members shunned him, but he was
useful upon occasion as a last court of appeal on any matter of fact;
it was he who could remember what year it was the bull got loose on
the links, and what ball the Open Championship was won with three
years back.
Marryatt (that was the clergyman, yes; I see you are a proper
reader for a detective-story) rose once more and took a good look at
the weather. The fog was lifting, but the rain still fell pitilessly. “I
shouldn’t wonder,” he said, “if we had some showers before
nightfall.”
“It’s a curious thing,” said Carmichael, “that the early Basque poets
always speak of the night not as falling but as rising. I suppose they
had a right to look at it that way. Now, for myself———”
Marryatt, fortunately, knew him well enough to interrupt him. “It’s
the sort of afternoon,” he said darkly, “on which one wants to murder
somebody, just to relieve one’s feelings.”
“You would be wrong,” said Reeves. “Think of the footmarks you’d
be bound to leave behind you in mud like this. You would be caught
in no time.”
“Ah, you’ve been reading The Mystery of the Green Thumb. But
tell me, how many murderers have really been discovered by their
footprints? The bootmakers have conspired to make the human race
believe that there are only about half a dozen different sizes of feet,
and we all have to cram ourselves into horrible boots of one uniform
pattern, imported by the gross from America. What does Holmes do
next?”
“Well, you see,” put in Gordon, “the detectives in the book always
have the luck. The murderer generally has a wooden leg, and that
doesn’t take much tracing. The trouble in real life is the way
murderers go about unamputated. And then there’s the left-handed
men, how conveniently they come in! I tried detection once on an old
pipe, and I could show you from the way the side of it was charred
that the owner of it was right-handed. But there are so many right-
handed people.”
“In most cases,” said Carmichael, “it’s only nerves that make
people think they’re left-handed. A more extraordinary thing is the
matter of parting the hair. Everybody is predestined from birth to part
his hair on one particular side; but most of the people who ought to
part their hair on the right do it on the left instead, because that’s
easier when you’re right-handed.”
“I think you’re wrong in principle, Gordon,” said Reeves.
“Everybody in the world has his little peculiarities, which would give
him away to the eye of a trained detective. You, for example, are the
most normal specimen, if I may say so, of the human race. Yet I
know which of those whisky glasses on the mantelpiece is yours,
though they’re empty.”
“Well, which?” asked Gordon, interested.
“The one in the middle,” said Reeves. “It’s pushed farther away
from the edge: you, like the careful soul you are, instinctively took
more precaution against its being brushed off. Aren’t I right?”
“To tell the truth, I can’t for the life of me remember. But there, you
see, you’re talking of somebody you know. None of us are
murderers, at least, I hope not. If you were trying to detect a
murderer you’d never been introduced to, you wouldn’t know what to
look out for.”
“Try it on,” suggested Marryatt. “You know, the Holmes stunt,
deducing things from the bowler hat, and from Watson’s brother’s
watch. Try that umbrella over there, whatever it’s doing here; what
will you deduce from it?”
“I should deduce that it had been raining recently,” put in Gordon
with great seriousness.
“As a matter of fact,” said Reeves, turning the umbrella this way
and that, “an umbrella’s a very difficult thing to get any clues out of.”
“I’m glad of that,” said Carmichael, “because——”
“—only this one,” continued Reeves, ignoring him, “happens to be
rather interesting. Anybody could see that it’s pretty new, yet the
ferrule at the end of it is nearly worn through, which shows it’s been
used a lot. Inference; that it’s used by somebody who doesn’t keep
his umbrella for days like this, but uses it as a walking-stick.
Therefore it belongs to old Brotherhood; he’s the only man I know in
this club who always carries one.”
“You see,” said Carmichael, “that’s the sort of thing that happens in
real life. As I was just going to say, I brought in that umbrella myself.
I took it by mistake from a complete stranger in the Tube.”
Mordaunt Reeves laughed a little sourly. “Well,” he said, “the
principle holds, anyhow. Everything tells a story, if you are careful not
to theorize beyond your data.”
“I’m afraid,” said Gordon, “I must be one of Nature’s Watsons. I
prefer to leave things where they lie, and let people tell me the story.”
“There you are wrong,” protested Reeves. “People can never tell
you a story without putting their own colour upon it—that is the
difficulty of getting evidence in real life. There, I grant you, the
detective stories are unreal: they always represent witnesses as
giving the facts with complete accuracy, and in language of the
author’s own choosing. Somebody bursts into the room, and says,
‘The body of a well-dressed man in middle-life has been found four
yards away from the north end of the shrubbery. There are marks of
violence about the person of the deceased’—just like a reporter’s
account of an inquest. But in real life he would say, ‘Good God! A
man’s shot himself on the lawn’—leaping at once, you see, from
observation to inference.”
“Journalism,” explained Carmichael, “makes havoc of all our
detective stories. What is journalism? It is the effort to make all the
facts of life correspond, whether they will or no, to about two hundred
ready-made phrases. Head-lines are especially destructive—you will
have noticed for yourselves how the modern head-line aspires to be
a series of nouns, with no other parts of speech in attendance. I
mean, the phrase, ‘She went into the garden to cut a cabbage-leaf to
make an apple pie’ becomes ‘Apple-pie fraud cabbage-leaf hunt,’
and ‘What; no soap! So he died’ becomes ‘Soap-shortage fatality
sequel.’ Under this treatment, all the nuances of atmosphere and of
motive disappear; we figure the truth by trying to make it fit into a
formula.”
“I agree with you about inference,” said Marryatt, disregarding
Carmichael’s last remark—one always did disregard Carmichael’s
last remark. “But think how much of one’s knowledge of other people
is really inference. What do we really know about one another down
here? Fellow-passengers on the stream of life, that’s all we are. Take
old Brotherhood, whom you were mentioning just now. We know that
he has some sort of business in London, but we’ve no idea what. We
know that he comes down here every night in the week from Monday
onwards, and then from Saturday to Monday he disappears—how do
you know what he does with himself during the week-ends? Or take
young Davenant down at the Hatcheries; he turns up there every
Saturday evening, and does his two rounds on the Sunday, and then
on Monday he’s off again into the Ewigkeit. What do we really know
about him?”
“I should have thought you knew all you wanted to about
Brotherhood,” chuckled Reeves. “Hasn’t he taken to disproving the
existence of God on Wednesday evenings on the village green?”
Marryatt flushed slightly. “After all,” he said, “what does that
amount to? You might as well say I know Davenant’s a Roman
Catholic. But all I know is that once in a way he goes over on a
Sunday to Paston Bridge—the priest there knows something about
him, I suppose, but he wouldn’t tell you.”
“I had a very extraordinary experience once,” said Carmichael, “in
Albania. I had to translate the confession of a dying man into French
for the sake of a priest who didn’t know the local language. The
priest told me afterwards I was bound not to disclose to anybody
what I’d heard.”
“He didn’t know you, anyhow, Carmichael,” suggested Reeves.
“As a matter of fact, I’ve never mentioned what he said to
anybody, though it was sufficiently curious.”
“It’s impossible,” resumed Reeves, “not to make inferences; the
mistake is to depend on them. In ordinary life, you have to take risks;
you have to sit down in the barber’s chair, although you know it is
just as easy for him to cut your throat as to shave you. But in
detection one should take no chances, give no one the benefit of the
doubt. Half of the undetected crimes in the world are due to our
reluctance to suspect anybody.”
“But surely,” urged Marryatt, “you would allow character to go for
something? I was a schoolmaster once, and while one knew the little
beasts were capable of almost anything, one did clear some people
of suspicion on mere character.”
“But there again,” argued Gordon, “you knew them very well.”
“Not really,” said Marryatt. “A perpetual war of mutual deception is
kept up between schoolmasters and schoolboys. One trusted, I
think, one’s unconscious impressions most.”
“If I were a detective,” persisted Reeves, “I would suspect my own
father or mother as soon as anybody else. I would follow up every
clue, blinding myself deliberately to the thought, where does this
point to?”
“Then you would be unreasonable,” said Gordon. “In the old days,
when the answers of sums used always to come out to an integral
number—I believe it’s all different now—one was wiser than that. If
you could see that the answer was going to involve two-thirds of a
policeman, you argued at once that you were on the wrong track;
you started again, and suspected your working.”
“But real life,” retorted Reeves, “doesn’t always work out to a
simple answer. And if the policeman who’s in charge of a case
argues as you’re arguing, he’s only himself to blame for it if he gets
trisected by the criminal before he’s finished.”
“At least you must respect the principle of Cui bono?”
“It’s extraordinary,” began Carmichael, “how many people make
the old mistake about the meaning of——”
“Cui bono is the worst offender of the lot,” said Mordaunt Reeves
cheerfully. “Look at those two boys in America who murdered
another boy just to find out what it felt like.”
“But that was pathological.”
“And how many crimes aren’t pathological, if it comes to that?”
“I was on Holy Island once for a month,” said Carmichael, “and
would you believe it, there was a man there that was sick if he ever
caught sight of a dog? Sick, positively.”
“What do you think it really feels like,” asked Marryatt, “to have
murdered a man? I mean, murderers in general always seem to lose
their heads when the thing is actually done, and give themselves
away somehow. But one would have thought, if the thing is planned

You might also like